MS 10-Q Quarterly Report Sept. 30, 2018 | Alphaminr

MS 10-Q Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2018

MORGAN STANLEY
10-Qs and 10-Ks
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2024
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2023
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2022
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2021
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2020
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2019
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2018
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2017
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2016
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2015
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2014
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2013
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2012
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2011
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2010
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2009
PROXIES
DEF 14A
Filed on April 4, 2025
DEF 14A
Filed on April 5, 2024
DEF 14A
Filed on April 6, 2023
DEF 14A
Filed on April 8, 2022
DEF 14A
Filed on April 1, 2021
DEF 14A
Filed on April 3, 2020
DEF 14A
Filed on April 5, 2019
DEF 14A
Filed on April 6, 2018
DEF 14A
Filed on April 7, 2017
DEF 14A
Filed on April 1, 2016
DEF 14A
Filed on April 1, 2015
DEF 14A
Filed on March 28, 2014
DEF 14A
Filed on March 28, 2013
DEF 14A
Filed on April 5, 2012
DEF 14A
Filed on April 14, 2011
DEF 14A
Filed on April 12, 2010
10-Q 1 d645593d10q.htm FORM 10-Q Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

☒ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2018

OR

☐     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-11758

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

(212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer  ☒

Accelerated Filer  ☐

Non-Accelerated Filer  ☐

Smaller reporting company  ☐

Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.          ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

As of October 31, 2018, there were 1,720,154,771 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.


Table of Contents
LOGO

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the quarter ended September 30, 2018

Table of Contents Part Item Page

Financial Information

I 1

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

I 2 1

Introduction

1

Executive Summary

2

Business Segments

7

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures

17

Accounting Development Updates

17

Critical Accounting Policies

18

Liquidity and Capital Resources

18

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk

I 3 30

Market Risk

30

Credit Risk

32

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

39

Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes

I 1 40

Consolidated Income Statements (Unaudited)

40

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements (Unaudited)

41

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited at September 30, 2018)

42

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity (Unaudited)

43

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements (Unaudited)

44

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

45

1.  Introduction and Basis of Presentation

45

2.  Significant Accounting Policies

46

3.  Fair Values

48

4.  Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

58

5.  Investment Securities

61

6.  Collateralized Transactions

64

7.  Loans, Lending Commitments and Allowance for Credit Losses

65

8.  Equity Method Investments

67

9.  Deposits

68

10.  Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

68

11.  Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

68

12.  Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

72

13.  Regulatory Requirements

74

14.  Total Equity

76

15.  Earnings per Common Share

79

16.  Interest Income and Interest Expense

79

17.  Employee Benefit Plans

79

18.  Income Taxes

80

19.  Segment, Geographic and Revenue Information

80

20.  Subsequent Events

83

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

84

Glossary of Common Acronyms

87

Other Information

II 89

Legal Proceedings

II 1 89

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

II 2 90

Controls and Procedures

I 4 91

Exhibits

II 6 91

Exhibit Index

E-1

Signatures

S-1

i


Table of Contents
LOGO

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site, www.sec.gov , that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers file electronically with the SEC. Our electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site.

Our internet site is www.morganstanley.com . You can access our Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-ir . We make available free of charge, on or through our Investor Relations webpage, our Proxy Statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We also make available, through our Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of our equity securities filed by our directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

You can access information about our corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance. Our Corporate Governance webpage includes:

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

Charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Operations and Technology Committee, and Risk Committee;

Corporate Governance Policies;

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

Equity Ownership Commitment;

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

Code of Conduct;

Integrity Hotline Information; and

Environmental and Social Policies.

Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on our internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on our internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

ii


Table of Contents
LOGO

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation s

Introduction

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we” or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. We define the following as part of our consolidated financial statements (“financial statements”): consolidated income statements (“income statements”), consolidated balance sheets (“balance sheets”), and consolidated cash flow statements (“cash flow statements”). See the “Glossary of Common Acronyms” for definitions of certain acronyms used throughout this Form 10-Q.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides investment banking, sales and trading, lending and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high to ultra-high net worth clients. Investment banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance. Sales and trading services include sales, financing, prime brokerage and market-making activities in equity and fixed income products, including foreign exchange and commodities. Lending services include originating and/or purchasing corporate loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to equities and commodities customers and municipalities. Other activities include investments and research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services, financial and wealth planning services, annuity and insurance products, credit and other lending products, banking and retirement plan services.

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products include equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative/other products. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are serviced through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by competition; risk factors; and legislative, legal and regulatory developments; as well as other factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business—Competition,” “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors” in the 2017 Form 10-K, and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” herein.

1 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Executive Summary

Overview of Financial Results

Consolidated Results

Net Revenues

($ in millions)

LOGO

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley

($ in millions)

LOGO

Earnings per Common Share 1

LOGO

1.

For the calculation of basic and diluted EPS, see Note 15 to the financial statements.

We reported net revenues of $9,872 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2018 (“current quarter,” or “3Q 2018”), compared with $9,197 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2017 (“prior year quarter,” or “3Q 2017”). For the current quarter, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $2,112 million, or $1.17 per diluted common share, compared with $1,781 million, or $0.93 per diluted common share, in the prior year quarter.

We reported net revenues of $31,559 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (“current year period,” or “YTD 2018”), compared with $28,445 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2017 (“prior year period,” or “YTD 2017”). For the current year period, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $7,217 million, or $3.92 per diluted common share, compared with $5,468 million, or $2.79 per diluted common share, in the prior year period.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 2


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Non-interest Expenses 1

($ in millions)

LOGO

LOGO

1.

The percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of compensation and benefits expenses and non-compensation expenses to the total.

Compensation and benefits expenses of $4,310 million in the current quarter and $13,845 million in the current year period increased 3% and 7%, respectively, from $4,169 million in the prior year quarter and $12,887 million in the prior year period. These results primarily reflected increases in discretionary incentive compensation mainly driven by higher revenues as well as salaries across all business segments. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

Non-compensation expenses were $2,711 million in the current quarter and $8,334 million in the current year period compared with $2,546 million in the prior year quarter and $7,626 million in the prior year period, representing a 6% and a 9% increase, respectively. These increases were primarily as a result of higher volume-related expenses, the gross presentation of certain expenses due to the adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers (see Notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements for further information) and increased investment in technology. In the current quarter, these increases were partially offset by lower litigation expenses.

Income Taxes

The current year period includes intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $92 million, primarily associated with new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters. The prior year quarter and prior year period included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $83 million and $65 million, respectively, primarily resulting from the remeasurement of certain deferred taxes. In addition, the effective tax rate is lower in the current quarter and current year period compared with the corresponding prior periods primarily as a result of the enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”). For further information, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

3 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Selected Financial Information and Other Statistical Data

Three Months
Ended
September 30,

Nine Months

Ended
September 30,

$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

$ 2,113 $ 1,775 $ 7,222 $ 5,489

Income (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

(1 ) 6 (5 ) (21)

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

2,112 1,781 7,217 5,468

Preferred stock dividends and other

93 93 356 353

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

$ 2,019 $ 1,688 $ 6,861 $ 5,115

Expense efficiency ratio 1

71.1% 73.0% 70.3% 72.1%

ROE 2

11.5% 9.6% 13.1% 9.8%

ROTCE 2

13.2% 11.0% 15.1% 11.3%

in millions, except per share and employee data

At
September 30,

2018

At
December 31,
2017

GLR 3

$ 214,848 $ 192,660

Loans 4

$ 109,983 $ 104,126

Total assets

$ 865,517 $ 851,733

Deposits

$ 175,185 $ 159,436

Borrowings

$ 190,889 $ 192,582

Common shares outstanding

1,726 1,788

Common shareholders’ equity

$ 70,183 $ 68,871

Tangible common shareholders’ equity 2

$ 61,265 $ 59,829

Book value per common share 5

$ 40.67 $ 38.52

Tangible book value per common share 2, 5

$ 35.50 $ 33.46

Worldwide employees

59,835 57,633

At

September 30,
2018

At

December 31,
2017

Capital ratios 6

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

16.7% 16.5%

Tier 1 capital ratio

19.0% 18.9%

Total capital ratio

21.6% 21.7%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

8.2% 8.3%

SLR 7

6.4% 6.5%

1.

The expense efficiency ratio represents total non-interest expense as a percentage of net revenues.

2.

Represents a non-GAAP measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

3.

For a discussion of the GLR, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.

4.

Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets (see Note 7 to the financial statements).

5.

Book value per common share and tangible book value per common share equal common shareholders’ equity and tangible common shareholders’ equity, respectively, divided by common shares outstanding.

6.

Beginning in 2018, our risk based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach fully phased-in rules. At December 31, 2017, our risk based capital ratios were based on the Standardized Approach transitional rules. For a discussion of our regulatory capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

7.

The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. For a discussion of the SLR, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

Business Segment Results

Net Revenues by Segment 1, 2

($ in millions)

LOGO

LOGO

September 2018 Form 10-Q 4


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley by Segment 1, 3

($ in millions)

LOGO

LOGO

1.

The percentages in the charts represent the contribution of each business segment to the total. Amounts do not necessarily total to 100% due to intersegment eliminations, where applicable.

2.

The total amount of Net Revenues by Segment includes intersegment eliminations of $(109) million and $(74) million in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively, and $(344) million and $(223) million in the current year period and prior year period, respectively.

3.

The total amount of Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley by Segment includes intersegment eliminations of $(1) million and $(4) million in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively, and $(1) million and $(2) million in the current year period and the prior year period, respectively.

Institutional Securities net revenues of $4,929 million in the current quarter and $16,743 million in the current year period increased 13% from the prior year quarter and 17% from the prior year period primarily reflecting higher revenues from both sales and trading and Investment banking.

Wealth Management net revenues of $4,399 million in the current quarter and $13,098 million in the current year period increased 4% from the prior year quarter and 5% from the prior year period primarily reflecting growth in Asset management revenues.

Investment Management net revenues of $653 million in the current quarter and $2,062 million in the current year period decreased 3% from the prior year quarter and increased 6% from the prior year period. The current quarter results primarily reflected lower investment gains. The current year period reflected higher Asset management revenues, partially offset by lower investment gains.

Net Revenues by Region 1, 2

($ in millions)

LOGO

LOGO

1.

For a discussion of how the geographic breakdown for net revenues is determined, see Note 19 to the financial statements.

2.

The percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of each region to the total.

Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information

We prepare our financial statements using U.S. GAAP. From time to time, we may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in this document or in the course of our earnings releases, earnings and other conference calls, financial presentations, Definitive Proxy Statement and otherwise. A “non-GAAP financial measure” excludes, or includes, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We consider the non-GAAP financial measures we disclose to be useful to us, investors and analysts by providing further transparency about, or an alternate means of assessing, our financial condition, operating results, prospective regulatory capital requirements or capital adequacy.

These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever we refer to a non-GAAP financial measure, we will also generally define it or present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the

5 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

differences between the U.S. GAAP financial measure and the non-GAAP financial measure.

The principal non-GAAP financial measures presented in this document are set forth below.

Reconciliations from U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Consolidated Financial Measures

$ in millions, except


Three Months Ended
September 30,



Nine Months Ended
September 30,

per share data

2018 2017 2018 2017

Net income applicable to
Morgan Stanley

$ 2,112 $ 1,781 $ 7,217 $ 5,468

Impact of adjustments

(4 ) (83 ) (92 ) (65)

Adjusted net income applicable to Morgan Stanley—non-GAAP 1

$ 2,108 1,698 $ 7,125 5,403

Earnings per diluted
common share

$ 1.17 $ 0.93 $ 3.92 $ 2.79

Impact of adjustments

(0.05 ) (0.05 ) (0.03)

Adjusted earnings per diluted common share—non-GAAP 1

$ 1.17 $ 0.88 $ 3.87 $ 2.76

Effective income tax rate

24.4% 28.1% 21.9% 29.7%

Impact of adjustments

0.2% 3.3% 0.9% 0.8%

Adjusted effective income tax rate—non-GAAP 1

24.6% 31.4% 22.8% 30.5%

$ in millions

At

September 30,
2018

At
December 31,
2017

Tangible Equity

U.S. GAAP

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

$ 78,703 $ 77,391

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

(8,918 ) (9,042)

Morgan Stanley tangible shareholders’ equity—non-GAAP

$

69,785

$

68,349

U.S. GAAP

Common equity

$ 70,183 $ 68,871

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

(8,918 ) (9,042)

Tangible common equity—non-GAAP

$

61,265

$

59,829

$ in millions

Average Monthly Balance
Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2018 2017 2018 2017

Tangible Equity

U.S. GAAP

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

$ 78,760 $ 79,007 $ 78,165 $ 78,206

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

(8,970 ) (9,120 ) (9,020 ) (9,192)

Morgan Stanley tangible shareholders’ equity—non-GAAP

$

69,790

$

69,887

$

69,145

$

69,014

U.S. GAAP

Common equity

$ 70,240 $ 70,487 $ 69,645 $ 69,786

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

(8,970 ) (9,120 ) (9,020 ) (9,192)

Tangible common equity—non-GAAP

$

61,270

$

61,367

$

60,625

$

60,594

Consolidated Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in billions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Average common equity

Unadjusted

$ 70.2 $ 70.5 $ 69.6 $ 69.8

Adjusted 1

70.2 70.5 69.6 69.8

ROE 2

Unadjusted

11.5% 9.6% 13.1% 9.8%

Adjusted 1, 3

11.5% 9.1% 13.0% 9.6%

Average tangible common equity

Unadjusted

$ 61.3 $ 61.4 $ 60.6 $ 60.6

Adjusted 1

61.3 61.3 60.6 60.6

ROTCE 2

Unadjusted

13.2% 11.0% 15.1% 11.3%

Adjusted 1, 3

13.2% 10.5% 14.9% 11.1%

September 2018 Form 10-Q 6


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Non-GAAP Financial Measures by Business Segment

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

$ in billions

2018 2017 2018 2017

Pre-tax profit margin 4

Institutional Securities

32% 28% 33% 31%

Wealth Management

27% 27% 27% 25%

Investment Management

16% 19% 19% 19%

Consolidated

29% 27% 30% 28%

Average common equity 5

Institutional Securities

$ 40.8 $ 40.2 $ 40.8 $ 40.2

Wealth Management

16.8 17.2 16.8 17.2

Investment Management

2.6 2.4 2.6 2.4

Parent Company

10.0 10.7 9.4 10.0

Consolidated average
common equity

$ 70.2 $ 70.5 $ 69.6 $ 69.8

Average tangible common equity 5

Institutional Securities

$ 40.1 $ 39.6 $ 40.1 $ 39.6

Wealth Management

9.2 9.3 9.2 9.3

Investment Management

1.7 1.6 1.7 1.6

Parent Company

10.3 10.9 9.6 10.1

Consolidated average
tangible common equity

$ 61.3 $ 61.4 $ 60.6 $ 60.6

ROE 2, 6

Institutional Securities

10.3% 8.9% 12.8% 9.6%

Wealth Management

21.3% 15.8% 20.9% 15.0%

Investment Management

12.0% 18.8% 15.7% 15.4%

Consolidated

11.5% 9.6% 13.1% 9.8%

ROTCE 2, 6

Institutional Securities

10.4% 9.1% 13.0% 9.8%

Wealth Management

38.9% 29.1% 38.1% 27.7%

Investment Management

18.8% 27.7% 24.5% 22.7%

Consolidated

13.2% 11.0% 15.1% 11.3%

1.

Adjusted amounts exclude intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits). Income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements but are excluded from the intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) adjustment as we anticipate conversion activity each quarter. For further information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits), see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

2.

ROE and ROTCE equal annualized net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, on a consolidated basis as indicated. When excluding intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits), both the numerator and denominator are adjusted.

3.

The calculations used in determining our “ROE and ROTCE Targets” referred to in the following section are the Adjusted ROE and Adjusted ROTCE amounts shown in this table.

4.

Pre-tax profit margin represents income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.

5.

Average common equity and average tangible common equity for each business segment are determined using our Required Capital framework (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework” herein).

6.

The calculation of the ROE and ROTCE by segment uses the annualized net income applicable to Morgan Stanley by segment less preferred dividends allocated to each segment as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively, allocated to each segment.

Return on Equity and Tangible Common Equity Targets

In January 2018, we established an ROE Target of 10% to 13% and an ROTCE Target of 11.5% to 14.5% for the medium term.

Our ROE and ROTCE Targets are forward-looking statements that may be materially affected by many factors, including, among other things: macroeconomic and market conditions; legislative and regulatory developments; industry trading and investment banking volumes; equity market levels; interest rate environment; outsize legal expenses or penalties and the ability to maintain a reduced level of expenses; and capital levels. For further information on our ROE and ROTCE Targets and related assumptions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Executive Summary—Return on Equity and Tangible Common Equity Targets” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Business Segments

Substantially all of our operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to the business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, we include an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to our consolidated results. See Note 19 to the financial statements for further information.

Net Revenues, Compensation Expense and Income Taxes

For an overview of the components of our net revenues, compensation expense and income taxes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

7 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Institutional Securities

Income Statement Information

Three Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Revenues

Investment banking

$ 1,459 $ 1,270 15%

Trading

2,573 2,504 3%

Investments

96 52 85%

Commissions and fees

589 561 5%

Asset management

112 88 27%

Other

244 143 71%

Total non-interest revenues

5,073 4,618 10%

Interest income

2,425 1,421 71%

Interest expense

2,569 1,663 54%

Net interest

(144 ) (242 ) 40%

Net revenues

4,929 4,376 13%

Compensation and benefits

1,626 1,532 6%

Non-compensation expenses

1,747 1,608 9%

Total non-interest expenses

3,373 3,140 7%

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

1,556 1,236 26%

Provision for income taxes

397 260 53%

Income from continuing operations

1,159 976 19%

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

(3 ) 6 (150)%

Net income

1,156 982 18%

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

36 9 N/M

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

$ 1,120 $ 973 15%
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Revenues

Investment banking

$ 4,671 $ 4,100 14%

Trading

9,344 8,241 13%

Investments

234 155 51%

Commissions and fees

2,007 1,811 11%

Asset management

324 268 21%

Other

548 442 24%

Total non-interest revenues

17,128 15,017 14%

Interest income

6,424 3,788 70%

Interest expense

6,809 4,515 51%

Net interest

(385 ) (727 ) 47%

Net revenues

16,743 14,290 17%

Compensation and benefits

5,779 5,069 14%

Non-compensation expenses

5,484 4,812 14%

Total non-interest expenses

11,263 9,881 14%

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

5,480 4,409 24%

Provision for income taxes

1,169 1,132 3%

Income from continuing operations

4,311 3,277 32%

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

(7 ) (21 ) 67%

Net income

4,304 3,256 32%

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

100 77 30%

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

$ 4,204 $ 3,179 32%

September 2018 Form 10-Q 8


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Investment Banking

Investment Banking Revenues

Three Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Advisory

$ 510 $ 555 (8)%

Underwriting:

Equity

441 273 62%

Fixed income

508 442 15%

Total underwriting

949 715 33%

Total investment banking

$ 1,459 $ 1,270 15%

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Advisory

$ 1,702 $ 1,555 9%

Underwriting:

Equity

1,403 1,068 31%

Fixed income

1,566 1,477 6%

Total underwriting

2,969 2,545 17%

Total investment banking

$ 4,671 $ 4,100 14%

Investment Banking Volumes

Three Months Ended
September 30,

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

$ in billions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Completed mergers and acquisitions 1

$ 164 $ 238 $ 665 $ 615

Equity and equity-related offerings 2, 3

14 17 52 46

Fixed income offerings 2, 4

66 65 183 210

Source: Thomson Reuters, data as of October 1, 2018. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or change in the value of a transaction.

1.

Includes transactions of $100 million or more. Based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction.

2.

Based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers.

3.

Includes Rule 144A issuances and registered public offerings of common stock and convertible securities and rights offerings.

4.

Includes Rule 144A and publicly registered issuances, non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and taxable municipal debt. Excludes leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

Investment banking revenues are composed of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and syndication of loans, net of syndication expenses.

Investment banking revenues of $1,459 million in the current quarter and $4,671 million in the current year period increased 15% and 14% from the comparable prior year periods. The adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers had the effect of increasing the revenues reported in investment banking by approximately $69 million in the current quarter and $230 million in the current year period compared with the prior year periods (see Notes 2 and

19 to the financial statements for further information). The drivers of the increase in our Investment banking revenues, other than the effect of this accounting update, were:

Advisory revenues decreased in the current quarter primarily reflecting lower volumes of completed M&A activity (see Investment Banking Volumes table), partially offset by higher fee realizations. In the current year period, advisory revenues increased primarily due to higher volumes of completed M&A activity.

Equity underwriting revenues increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily as a result of higher fee realizations. In both the current quarter and current year period, revenues increased in initial public offerings, convertibles and follow-ons.

Fixed income underwriting revenues increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily due to higher fee realizations. In the current quarter, revenues increased in investment grade bond fees and loan fees, which benefited from event-related financings, partially offset by lower non-investment grade bond fees. Fixed income underwriting revenues increased in the current year period primarily due to higher loan fees, partially offset by lower non-investment grade bond fees.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues

By Income Statement Line Item

Three Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Trading

$ 2,573 $ 2,504 3%

Commissions and fees

589 561 5%

Asset management

112 88 27%

Net interest

(144 ) (242 ) 40%

Total

$ 3,130 $ 2,911 8%

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Trading

$ 9,344 $ 8,241 13%

Commissions and fees

2,007 1,811 11%

Asset management

324 268 21%

Net interest

(385 ) (727 ) 47%

Total

$ 11,290 $ 9,593 18%

By Business

Three Months Ended
September 30,

$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Equity

$ 2,019 $ 1,891 7%

Fixed income

1,179 1,167 1%

Other

(68 ) (147 ) 54%

Total

$ 3,130 $ 2,911 8%

9 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Equity

$ 7,047 $ 6,062 16%

Fixed income

4,441 4,120 8%

Other

(198 ) (589 ) 66%

Total

$ 11,290 $ 9,593 18%

Sales and Trading Revenues—Equity and Fixed Income

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2018
$ in millions Trading Fees 1 Net
Interest 2
Total

Financing

$ 1,097 $ 99 $ (141 ) $ 1,055

Execution services

554 524 (114 ) 964

Total Equity

$ 1,651 $ 623 $ (255 ) $ 2,019

Total Fixed Income

$ 1,189 $ 78 $ (88 ) $ 1,179

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2017
$ in millions Trading Fees 1 Net
Interest 2
Total

Financing

$ 1,029 $ 92 $ (206 ) $ 915

Execution services

540 495 (59 ) 976

Total Equity

$ 1,569 $ 587 $ (265 ) $ 1,891

Total Fixed income

$ 1,073 $ 65 $ 29 $ 1,167

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2018
$ in millions Trading Fees 1 Net
Interest 2
Total

Financing

$ 3,704 $ 295 $ (479 ) $ 3,520

Execution services

2,006 1,793 (272 ) 3,527

Total Equity

$ 5,710 $ 2,088 $ (751 ) $ 7,047

Total Fixed Income

$ 4,203 $ 244 $ (6 ) $ 4,441

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2017
$ in millions Trading Fees 1 Net
Interest 2
Total

Financing

$ 3,126 $ 269 $ (621 ) $ 2,774

Execution services

1,805 1,643 (160 ) 3,288

Total Equity

$ 4,931 $ 1,912 $ (781 ) $ 6,062

Total Fixed income

$ 3,785 $ 167 $ 168 $ 4,120

1.

Includes Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues.

2.

Includes funding costs which are allocated to the businesses based on funding usage.

As discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Net Revenues by Segment” in the 2017 Form 10-K, we manage each of the sales and trading businesses based on its aggregate net revenues. We provide qualitative commentary in the discussion of results that follow on the key drivers of period over period variances, as the quantitative impact of the various market dynamics typically cannot be disaggregated.

For additional information on total Trading revenues, see the table “Trading Revenues by Product Type” in Note 19 to the financial statements.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues during the Current Quarter

Equity

Equity sales and trading net revenues of $2,019 million in the current quarter increased 7% from the prior year quarter, reflecting higher results in our financing businesses.

Financing revenues increased from the prior year quarter, primarily due to client positioning and higher average client balances, which resulted in both increased Trading and Net interest revenues.

Execution services remained relatively unchanged from the prior year quarter as higher commissions revenue was offset by increased funding costs.

Fixed Income

Fixed income net revenues of $1,179 million in the current quarter were 1% higher than the prior year quarter, driven by higher results in commodities products and other, partially offset by lower results in credit products and higher funding costs.

Global macro products revenues remained relatively unchanged from the prior year quarter as higher results in foreign exchange products were offset by lower results in interest rates products, both of which were primarily driven by levels of client activity.

Credit products revenues decreased primarily due to a decline in Trading revenue associated with unfavorable corporate credit products inventory management.

Commodities products and Other increased driven primarily by inventory management gains in power and natural gas products.

Other

Other sales and trading net losses of $68 million in the current quarter decreased from the prior year quarter, primarily from lower net funding costs reflecting changes in the balance sheet.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues during the Current Year Period

Equity

Equity sales and trading net revenues of $7,047 million in the current year period increased 16% from the prior year period, reflecting higher results in both our financing businesses and execution services.

Financing revenues increased from the prior year period, primarily due to higher average client balances and client positioning, which resulted in both increased Trading and Net interest revenues.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 10


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Execution services increased from the prior year period, primarily reflecting higher Trading revenues driven by effective inventory management in derivative products. Commissions and fees also increased due to higher client activity in cash equities products, but were partially offset by increased funding costs.

Fixed Income

Fixed income net revenues of $4,441 million in the current year period were 8% higher than the prior year period, primarily driven by higher results in commodities products and other, partially offset by lower results in credit products and higher funding costs.

Global macro products revenues remained relatively unchanged from the prior year period as higher results in foreign exchange products were offset by lower results in interest rates products, both of which were primarily driven by levels of client activity.

Credit products revenues decreased as a decline in Trading revenues associated with unfavorable corporate credit products inventory management was partially offset by growth in lending products.

Commodities products and Other increased primarily due to increased Commodities structured transactions and client flow and higher Trading revenues principally from a reduction in counterparty credit risk.

Other

Other sales and trading net losses of $198 million in the current year period decreased from the prior year period, primarily reflecting lower net funding costs. In addition, losses associated with corporate loan hedging activity were lower in the current year period compared with the prior year period.

Investments, Other Revenues, Non-interest Expenses and Income Tax Items

Investments

Net investment gains of $96 million in the current quarter and $234 million in the current year period increased from the prior year periods, primarily as a result of higher net gains on business-related investments, partially offset by lower results from real estate limited partnership investments.

Other Revenues

Other revenues of $244 million in the current quarter increased from the prior year quarter, primarily reflecting higher fees associated with corporate lending activity and

improved results from other equity method investments. Other revenues of $548 million in the current year period increased from the prior year period, primarily reflecting improved results from other equity method investments, the recovery of a previously charged off energy industry loan and higher fees associated with corporate lending activity, partially offset by lower gains associated with held-for-sale corporate loans.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $3,373 million in the current quarter increased from the prior year quarter, reflecting a 6% increase in Compensation and benefits expenses and a 9% increase in Non-compensation expenses. Non-interest expenses of $11,263 million in the current year period increased from the prior year period reflecting a 14% increase in both Compensation and benefits expenses and Non-compensation expenses.

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period, primarily due to an increase in discretionary incentive compensation driven by higher revenues, as well as salaries, partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

Non-compensation expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period, primarily due to higher volume-related expenses, and the gross presentation of certain expenses due to the adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers (see Notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements for further information), partially offset by lower litigation expenses. In addition, in the current year period, the results were partially offset by the reversal of a portion of previously recorded provisions related to U.K. VAT matters.

Income Tax Items

The current year period includes intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $88 million, primarily associated with new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters. The prior year quarter and prior year period included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $75 million and $60 million, respectively, primarily resulting from the remeasurement of certain deferred taxes. In addition, the effective tax rate in the current year period is lower compared with the prior year period primarily as a result of the enactment of the Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

11 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Wealth Management

Income Statement Information

Three Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Revenues

Investment banking

$ 129 $ 125 3%

Trading

160 212 (25)%

Investments

1 (100)%

Commissions and fees

409 402 2%

Asset management

2,573 2,393 8%

Other

58 62 (6)%

Total non-interest revenues

3,329 3,195 4%

Interest income

1,412 1,155 22%

Interest expense

342 130 163%

Net interest

1,070 1,025 4%

Net revenues

4,399 4,220 4%

Compensation and benefits

2,415 2,326 4%

Non-compensation expenses

790 775 2%

Total non-interest expenses

3,205 3,101 3%

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

1,194 1,119 7%

Provision for income taxes

281 421 (33)%

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

$ 913 $ 698 31%

Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Revenues

Investment banking

$ 383 $ 405 (5)%

Trading

404 657 (39)%

Investments

3 3 —%

Commissions and fees

1,349 1,266 7%

Asset management

7,582 6,879 10%

Other

195 191 2%

Total non-interest revenues

9,916 9,401 5%

Interest income

4,012 3,348 20%

Interest expense

830 320 159%

Net interest

3,182 3,028 5%

Net revenues

13,098 12,429 5%

Compensation and benefits

7,221 6,940 4%

Non-compensation expenses

2,366 2,340 1%

Total non-interest expenses

9,587 9,280 3%

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

3,511 3,149 11%

Provision for income taxes

808 1,139 (29)%

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

$ 2,703 $ 2,010 34%

Financial Information and Statistical Data

$ in billions

At
September 30,
2018

At
December 31,
2017

Client assets

$ 2,496 $ 2,373

Fee-based client assets 1

$ 1,120 $ 1,045

Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets

45% 44%

Client liabilities 2

$ 83 $ 80

Investment securities portfolio

$ 59.8 $ 59.2

Loans and lending commitments

$ 81.8 $ 77.3

Wealth Management representatives

15,655 15,712

Three Months Ended

September 30,

2018 2017

Per representative:

Annualized revenues ($ in thousands) 3

$ 1,125 $ 1,071

Client assets ($ in millions) 4

$ 159 $ 146

Fee-based asset flows ($ in billions) 5

$ 16.2 $ 15.8

Nine Months Ended

September 30,

2018 2017

Per representative:

Annualized revenues ($ in thousands) 3

$ 1,114 $ 1,051

Client assets ($ in millions) 4

$ 159 $ 146

Fee-based asset flows ($ in billions) 5

$ 49.7 $ 54.5

1.

Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.

2.

Client liabilities include securities-based and tailored lending, residential real estate loans and margin lending.

3.

Annualized revenues per representative equal Wealth Management’s annualized revenues divided by the average representative headcount.

4.

Client assets per representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end representative headcount.

5.

Fee-based asset flows include net new fee-based assets, net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees and exclude institutional cash management-related activity.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 12


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Transactional Revenues

Three Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Investment banking

$ 129 $ 125 3%

Trading

160 212 (25)%

Commissions and fees

409 402 2%

Total

$ 698 $ 739 (6)%

Transactional revenues as a % of
Net revenues

16 % 18%

Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Investment banking

$ 383 $ 405 (5)%

Trading

404 657 (39)%

Commissions and fees

1,349 1,266 7%

Total

$ 2,136 $ 2,328 (8)%

Transactional revenues as a % of
Net revenues

16% 19%

Net Revenues

Transactional Revenues

Transactional revenues of $698 million in the current quarter and $2,136 million in the current year period decreased 6% and 8%, respectively, from the prior year periods primarily as a result of lower Trading revenues, partially offset by higher Commissions and fees.

Investment banking revenues were relatively unchanged in the current quarter. In the current year period, Investment banking revenues decreased primarily due to lower revenues from equity issuances.

Trading revenues decreased in the current quarter primarily as a result of lower fixed income revenue driven by product mix. In addition to lower fixed income revenue, Trading revenues decreased in the current year period as a result of lower gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans.

Commissions and fees were relatively unchanged in the current quarter. In the current year period, Commissions and fees increased primarily as a result of increased client transactions in alternatives and annuities products, partially offset by decreased activity in mutual funds.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $2,573 million in the current quarter and $7,582 million in the current year period increased 8% and 10%, respectively, primarily due to the effect of market appreciation and net positive flows on the respective beginning of period fee-based client assets balances on which billings are generally based, partially offset by lower average fee rates.

See “Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards” herein.

Net Interest

Net interest of $1,070 million in the current quarter and $3,182 million in the current year period increased 4% and 5%, respectively, primarily as a result of higher interest rates and higher loan balances. In the current quarter and current year period, the effect of higher interest rates on loans was partially offset by higher average interest rates on Deposits, due to changes in our deposit mix.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $3,205 million in the current quarter and $9,587 million in the current year period both increased 3% primarily as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses.

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily due to the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives linked to higher revenues and increases in salaries. In the current year period, these increases were partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

Non-compensation expenses were relatively unchanged in both the current quarter and current year period, with increased investment in technology offset by a decrease in litigation expenses.

Income Tax Items

The effective tax rate in the current quarter and current year period is lower compared with the prior year periods primarily as a result of the enactment of the Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

13 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Fee-Based Client Assets

For a description of fee-based client assets, including descriptions of the fee based client asset types and rollforward items in the following tables, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Wealth Management—Fee-Based Client Assets” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards

$ in billions

At

June 30,
2018

Inflows Outflows Market
Impact

At

September 30,

2018

Separately managed 1

$ 267 $ 14 $ (6 ) $ (3 ) $ 272

Unified managed

259 11 (8 ) 5 267

Mutual fund advisory

20 1 (1 ) 20

Advisor

149 7 (8 ) 5 153

Portfolio manager

367 18 (12 ) 13 386

Subtotal

$ 1,062 $ 51 $ (35 ) $ 20 $ 1,098

Cash management

22 4 (4 ) 22

Total fee-based
client assets

$ 1,084 $ 55 $ (39 ) $ 20 $ 1,120

$ in billions

At

June 30,
2017

Inflows Outflows Market
Impact

At

September 30,

2017

Separately managed 1

$ 237 $ 8 $ (5 ) $ 3 $ 243

Unified managed

228 11 (7 ) 7 239

Mutual fund advisory

21 1 (1 ) 21

Advisor

138 9 (7 ) 4 144

Portfolio manager

321 18 (11 ) 10 338

Subtotal

$ 945 $ 47 $ (31 ) $ 24 $ 985

Cash management

17 3 (2 ) 18

Total fee-based
client assets

$ 962 $ 50 $ (33 ) $ 24 $ 1,003
$ in billions

At

December 31,
2017

Inflows Outflows Market
Impact

At

September 30,

2018

Separately managed 1

$ 252 $ 30 $ (15 ) $ 5 $ 272

Unified managed

250 36 (23 ) 4 267

Mutual fund advisory

21 (2 ) 1 20

Advisor

149 22 (22 ) 4 153

Portfolio manager

353 55 (31 ) 9 386

Subtotal

$ 1,025 $ 143 $ (93 ) $ 23 $ 1,098

Cash management

20 14 (12 ) 22

Total fee-based
client assets

$ 1,045 $ 157 $ (105 ) $ 23 $ 1,120
$ in billions

At

December 31,
2016

Inflows Outflows Market
Impact

At

September 30,

2017

Separately managed 1

$ 222 $ 24 $ (16 ) $ 13 $ 243

Unified managed

204 36 (22 ) 21 239

Mutual fund advisory

21 1 (3 ) 2 21

Advisor

125 27 (20 ) 12 144

Portfolio manager

285 57 (29 ) 25 338

Subtotal

$ 857 $ 145 $ (90 ) $ 73 $ 985

Cash management

20 9 (11 ) 18

Total fee-based
client assets

$ 877 $ 154 $ (101 ) $ 73 $ 1,003

1.

Includes non-custody account values reflecting prior quarter-end balances due to a lag in the reporting of asset values by third-party custodians.

Average Fee Rates

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Fee rate in bps 2018 2017 2018 2017

Separately managed

15 17 16 16

Unified managed

97 97 97 98

Mutual fund advisory

119 118 119 118

Advisor

84 84 84 84

Portfolio manager

95 94 95 96

Subtotal

75 76 76 76

Cash management

6 6 6 6

Total fee-based client assets

74 75 74 75

September 2018 Form 10-Q 14


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Investment Management

Income Statement Information

Three Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Revenues

Trading

$ 2 $ (7 ) N/M

Investments

40 114 (65)%

Asset management

604 568 6%

Other

(3 ) 1 N/M

Total non-interest revenues

643 676 (5)%

Interest income

19 1 N/M

Interest expense

9 2 N/M

Net interest

10 (1 ) N/M

Net revenues

653 675 (3)%

Compensation and benefits

269 311 (14)%

Non-compensation expenses

282 233 21%

Total non-interest expenses

551 544 1%

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

102 131 (22)%

Provision for income taxes

18 16 13%

Income from continuing operations

84 115 (27)%

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

2 N/M

Net income

86 115 (25)%

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

6 1 N/M

Net income applicable to
Morgan Stanley

$ 80 $ 114 (30)%

Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 % Change

Revenues

Trading

$ 23 $ (21 ) N/M

Investments

172 337 (49)%

Asset management

1,840 1,624 13%

Other

10 9 11%

Total non-interest revenues

2,045 1,949 5%

Interest income

37 3 N/M

Interest expense

20 3 N/M

Net interest

17 N/M

Net revenues

2,062 1,949 6%

Compensation and benefits

845 878 (4)%

Non-compensation expenses

827 695 19%

Total non-interest expenses

1,672 1,573 6%

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

390 376 4%

Provision for income taxes

73 87 (16)%

Income from continuing operations

317 289 10%

Income from discontinued operations,
net of income taxes

2 N/M

Net income

319 289 10%

Net income applicable to
noncontrolling interests

8 8 —%

Net income applicable to
Morgan Stanley

$ 311 $ 281 11%

Net Revenues

Investments

Investments gains of $40 million in the current quarter compared with $114 million in the prior year quarter reflect lower carried interest in certain infrastructure and multi-manager private equity funds.

Investments gains of $172 million in the current year period compared with $337 million in the prior year period reflect lower carried interest in certain infrastructure funds and the reversal of previously accrued carried interest in certain Asia private equity funds, primarily due to losses associated with weakening Asia-Pacific currencies.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $604 million in the current quarter and $1,840 million in the current year period increased 6% and 13%, respectively, primarily as a result of higher average long-term AUM. See “AUM Rollforwards” herein.

The adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers had the effect of increasing Asset management revenues due to the gross presentation of distribution fees. This increase (approximately $17 million in the current quarter and $61 million in the current year period) was partially offset by the delayed recognition of certain performance fees not in the form of carried interest until they are no longer probable of reversing. See Notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements for further details.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $551 million in the current quarter and $1,672 million in the current year period increased 1% and 6%, respectively, primarily due to higher Non-compensation expenses.

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased in the current quarter and current year period due to decreases in deferred compensation associated with carried interest and the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced. In the current year period, these decreases were partially offset by increases in salaries and discretionary incentive compensation.

Non-compensation expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily as a result of higher fee sharing on increased average AUM balances and the gross presentation of distribution fees due to the adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers. See “Asset Management” above.

15 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Income Tax Items

The effective tax rate in the current year period is lower compared with the prior year period primarily as a result of the enactment of the Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

Assets Under Management or Supervision

For a description of the asset classes and rollforward items in the following tables, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Investment Management—Assets Under Management or Supervision” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

AUM Rollforwards

$ in billions

At

June 30,
2018

Inflows Outflows Market
Impact
Other 1

At

September 30,

2018

Equity

$ 114 $ 10 $ (9 ) $ 3 $ (1 ) $ 117

Fixed income

69 6 (4 ) 71

Alternative/Other

132 5 (4 ) 1 (1 ) 133

Long-term AUM subtotal

315 21 (17 ) 4 (2 ) 321

Liquidity 2

159 313 (322 ) 1 (1 ) 150

Total AUM

$ 474 $ 334 $ (339 ) $ 5 $ (3 ) $ 471

Shares of minority stake assets

7 7
$ in billions

At

June 30,

2017

Inflows Outflows Market
Impact
Other 1

At

September 30,

2017

Equity

$ 94 $ 5 $ (6 ) $ 4 $ $ 97

Fixed income

66 7 (5 ) 1 69

Alternative/Other

121 5 (3 ) 1 1 125

Long-term AUM subtotal

281 17 (14 ) 6 1 291

Liquidity

154 279 (277 ) 1 (1 ) 156

Total AUM

$ 435 $ 296 $ (291 ) $ 7 $ $ 447

Shares of minority stake assets

8 7
$ in billions

At

December 31,
2017

Inflows Outflows Market
Impact
Other 1

At

September 30,

2018

Equity

$ 105 $ 30 $ (23 ) $ 6 $ (1 ) $ 117

Fixed income

73 20 (20 ) (1 ) (1 ) 71

Alternative/Other

128 16 (13 ) 2 133

Long-term AUM subtotal

306 66 (56 ) 7 (2 ) 321

Liquidity 2

176 1,013 (1,039 ) 2 (2 ) 150

Total AUM

$ 482 $ 1,079 $ (1,095 ) $ 9 $ (4 ) $ 471

Shares of minority stake assets

7 7
$ in billions

At

December 31,
2016

Inflows Outflows Market
Impact
Other 1

At

September 30,

2017

Equity

$ 79 $ 16 $ (16 ) $ 17 $ 1 $ 97

Fixed income

60 20 (16 ) 3 2 69

Alternative/Other

115 18 (13 ) 5 125

Long-term AUM subtotal

254 54 (45 ) 25 3 291

Liquidity

163 915 (923 ) 1 156

Total AUM

$ 417 $ 969 $ (968 ) $ 26 $ 3 $ 447

Shares of minority stake assets

8 7

1.

Includes distributions and foreign currency impact for all periods and the impact of the Mesa West Capital, LLC acquisition in the current year period.

2.

Included in Liquidity products outflows in the current quarter and current year period are $(8) billion and $(18) billion, respectively, related to the redesign of our brokerage sweep deposits program. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Unsecured Financing” herein for more information.

Average AUM

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in billions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Equity

$ 116 $ 96 $ 112 $ 90

Fixed income

70 68 72 65

Alternative/Other

133 123 131 120

Long-term AUM subtotal

319 287 315 275

Liquidity

153 156 159 155

Total AUM

$ 472 $ 443 $ 474 $ 430

Shares of minority
stake assets

7 7 7 7

Average Fee Rate

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Fee rate in bps 2018 2017 2018 2017

Equity

76 75 76 74

Fixed income

33 34 34 33

Alternative/Other

65 68 67 69

Long-term AUM

62 62 62 62

Liquidity

17 18 18 18

Total AUM

47 47 47 46

September 2018 Form 10-Q 16


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures

Income Tax Matters

Effective Tax Rate from Continuing Operations

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2018 2017 2018 2017

U.S. GAAP

24.4 % 28.1 % 21.9 % 29.7%

Adjusted effective income tax rate—non-GAAP 1

24.6 % 31.4 % 22.8 % 30.5%

Net discrete tax provisions/(benefits)

Intermittent 2

$ (4 ) $ (83 ) $ (92 ) $ (65)

Recurring 3

$ $ (11 ) $ (164 ) $ (139)

1.

Adjusted effective income tax rate is a non-GAAP measure which excludes intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits). For further information on non-GAAP measures, see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

2.

Includes all tax provisions (benefits) which have been determined to be discrete, other than recurring-type items as defined below.

3.

Recurring-type discrete tax benefits represent income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards, which are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements but are excluded from the intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) adjustment as we anticipate conversion activity each quarter.

The current year period includes intermittent net discrete tax benefits primarily associated with new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters. The prior year quarter and prior year period included intermittent net discrete tax benefits primarily resulting from the remeasurement of certain deferred taxes.

The effective tax rate reflects our current assumptions, estimates and interpretations related to the Tax Act and other factors. The Tax Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, significantly revised U.S. corporate income tax law by, among other things, reducing the corporate income tax rate to 21%, and implementing a modified territorial tax system that includes a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries; imposes a minimum tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) and an alternative base erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) on U.S. corporations that make deductible payments to non-U.S. related persons in excess of specified amounts; and broadens the tax base by partially or wholly eliminating tax deductions for certain historically deductible expenses. Our income tax estimates may change as additional clarification and implementation guidance continue to be received from the U.S. Treasury Department and as the interpretation of the Tax Act evolves over time.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

Our U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”) accept deposit accounts, provide loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, and invest in securities. The

lending activities in the Institutional Securities business segment primarily include loans and lending commitments to corporate clients. The lending activities in the Wealth Management business segment primarily include: securities-based lending, which allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities; and residential real estate loans.

We expect our lending activities to continue to grow through further market penetration of our client base. For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk.” For further discussion about loans and lending commitments, see Notes 7 and 11 to the financial statements.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Supplemental Financial Information 1

$ in billions

At

September 30,

2018

At

December 31,

2017

Assets

$ 203.2 $ 185.3

Investment securities portfolio:

Investment securities—AFS

41.5 42.0

Investment securities—HTM

19.0 17.5

Total investment securities

$ 60.5 $ 59.5

Deposits 2

$ 174.4 $ 159.1

Wealth Management

Securities-based lending and other loans 3

$ 44.4 $ 41.2

Residential real estate loans

26.7 26.7

Total

$ 71.1 $ 67.9

Institutional Securities

Corporate loans

$ 30.0 $ 24.2

Wholesale real estate loans

10.9 12.2

Total

$ 40.9 $ 36.4

1.

Amounts exclude transactions between the bank subsidiaries as well as deposits from the Parent Company and affiliates.

2.

For further information on deposits, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Unsecured Financing” herein.

3.

Other loans primarily include tailored lending.

Accounting Development Updates

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued certain accounting updates that apply to us. Accounting updates not listed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

The following accounting updates are currently being evaluated to determine the potential impact of adoption:

Derivatives and Hedging (ASU 2018-16) . The amendments in this update permit use of the Overnight Index Swap (“OIS”) rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes. This update is effective for us as of

17 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. This update does not impact our existing hedges.

Leases. This accounting update requires lessees to recognize in the balance sheet all leases with terms exceeding one year, which results in the recognition of a right of use asset and corresponding lease liability, including for those leases that we currently classify as operating leases. The accounting for leases where we are the lessor is largely unchanged.

The right of use asset and lease liability will initially be measured using the present value of the remaining rental payments. This change to the accounting for leases where we are lessee requires modifications to our lease accounting systems and determining the discount rate to use in calculating the present value of the remaining rental payments. We will adopt this accounting update as of the effective date, January 1, 2019. Based upon our current population of leases, we expect the right of use asset and corresponding lease liability to be less than 1% of our total assets.

Financial Instruments–Credit Losses. This accounting update impacts the impairment model for certain financial assets measured at amortized cost by requiring a CECL methodology to estimate expected credit losses over the entire life of the financial asset, recorded at inception or purchase. CECL will replace the loss model currently applicable to loans held for investment, HTM securities and other receivables carried at amortized cost.

The update also eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment for AFS securities. Impairments on AFS securities will be required to be recognized in earnings through an allowance, when the fair value is less than amortized cost and a credit loss exists or the securities are expected to be sold before recovery of amortized cost.

Under the update, there may be an ability to determine there are no expected credit losses in certain circumstances, e.g ., based on collateral arrangements for lending and financing transactions or based on the credit quality of the borrower or issuer.

Overall, the amendments in this update are expected to accelerate the recognition of credit losses for portfolios where the CECL models will be applied. This update is effective as of January 1, 2020.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the financial statements). We believe that of our significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the financial

statements in the 2017 Form 10-K and Note 2 to the financial statements), the fair value, goodwill and intangible assets, legal and regulatory contingencies and income taxes policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. For a further discussion about our critical accounting policies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Senior management, with oversight by the Asset and Liability Management Committee and the Board of Directors (“Board”), establishes and maintains our liquidity and capital policies. Through various risk and control committees, senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of our asset and liability position. The Treasury department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset and Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that our business activities have on our balance sheet, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board and the Risk Committee of the Board.

Balance Sheet

We monitor and evaluate the composition and size of our balance sheet on a regular basis. Our balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business-specific thresholds, monitoring of business-specific usage versus key performance metrics and new business impact assessments.

We establish balance sheet thresholds at the consolidated and business segment levels. We monitor balance sheet utilization and review variances resulting from business activity or market fluctuations. On a regular basis, we review current performance versus established thresholds and assess the need to re-allocate our balance sheet based on business unit needs. We also monitor key metrics, including asset and liability size and capital usage.

Total Assets by Business Segment

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions IS WM IM Total

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents 1

$ 73,425 $ 18,972 $ 84 $ 92,481

Trading assets at fair value

279,579 71 3,538 283,188

Investment securities

22,742 59,826 82,568

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

57,663 11,423 69,086

Securities borrowed

142,177 312 142,489

Customer and other receivables

43,010 17,256 573 60,839

Loans, net of allowance 2

38,878 71,100 5 109,983

Other assets 3

14,034 9,206 1,643 24,883

Total assets

$ 671,508 $ 188,166 $ 5,843 $ 865,517

September 2018 Form 10-Q 18


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

At December 31, 2017
$ in millions IS WM IM Total

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents 1

$ 63,597 $ 16,733 $ 65 $ 80,395

Trading assets at fair value

295,678 59 2,545 298,282

Investment securities

19,556 59,246 78,802

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

74,732 9,526 84,258

Securities borrowed

123,776 234 124,010

Customer and other receivables

36,803 18,763 621 56,187

Loans, net of allowance 2

36,269 67,852 5 104,126

Other assets 3

14,563 9,596 1,514 25,673

Total assets

$ 664,974 $ 182,009 $ 4,750 $ 851,733

IS—Institutional Securities

WM—Wealth Management

IM—Investment Management

1.

Cash and cash equivalents includes Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks and Restricted cash.

2.

Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets (see Note 7 to the financial statements).

3.

Other assets primarily includes Goodwill, Intangible assets, premises, equipment, software, other investments, and deferred tax assets.

A substantial portion of total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. Total assets increased to $865.5 billion at September 30, 2018 from $851.7 billion at December 31, 2017, primarily due to increases in loans across all segments, as well as a net increase to support client activity in secured financings as reflected in Securities borrowed and Securities purchased under agreements to resell in the Institutional Securities business segment. Trading assets within the Institutional Securities business segment declined due to reductions in Equities inventory to support changes in client positioning, which resulted in greater liquidity, as reflected by increases in Cash and cash equivalents and Investment securities.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework

The primary goal of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is to ensure that we have access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions and time horizons. The framework is designed to enable us to fulfill our financial obligations and support the execution of our business strategies.

The core components of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and the GLR, which support our target liquidity profile. For further discussion about the Firm’s Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources— Liquidity Risk Management Framework” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve

We maintain sufficient global liquidity reserves pursuant to our Required Liquidity Framework. For further discussion of our GLR, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

GLR by Type of Investment

$ in millions

At

September 30,
2018

At

December 31,
2017

Cash deposits with banks 1

$ 10,647 $ 7,167

Cash deposits with central banks 1

43,772 33,791

Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

U.S. government obligations

93,545 73,422

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

32,422 55,750

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations 2

32,019 19,424

Other investment grade securities

2,443 3,106

Total

$ 214,848 $ 192,660

1.

Included in Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks in the balance sheets.

2.

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations are primarily composed of unencumbered Japanese, U.K., German, Brazilian and French government obligations.

GLR Managed by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

September 30, 2018

Bank legal entities

Domestic

$ 78,320 $ 70,364 $ 76,899

Foreign

4,628 4,756 4,343

Total Bank legal entities

82,948 75,120 81,242

Non-Bank legal entities

Domestic:

Parent Company

44,064 41,642 63,328

Non-Parent Company

31,992 35,264 31,208

Total Domestic

76,056 76,906 94,536

Foreign

55,844 40,634 53,195

Total Non-Bank legal entities

131,900 117,540 147,731

Total

$ 214,848 $ 192,660 $ 228,973

Regulatory Liquidity Framework

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to LCR requirements including a requirement to calculate each entity’s LCR on each business day. The requirements are designed to ensure that banking organizations have sufficient HQLA to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days, thus promoting the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations.

19 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

The regulatory definition of HQLA is substantially the same as our GLR. GLR includes cash placed at institutions other than central banks that is considered an inflow for LCR purposes. HQLA includes a portion of cash placed at central banks, certain unencumbered investment grade corporate bonds and publicly traded common equities, which do not meet the definition of our GLR.

Based on our daily calculations, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum required LCR of 100%.

HQLA by Type of Asset and LCR

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

$ in millions

September 30, 2018

June 30, 2018

HQLA

Cash deposits with central banks

$ 48,962 $ 38,456

Securities 1

140,060 128,268

Total

$ 189,022 $ 166,724

LCR

135% 128%

1.

Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, sovereign bonds, publicly traded common equities, and investment grade corporate bonds.

The increase in the LCR in the current quarter is due to increased HQLA, consistent with higher liquidity levels.

The Firm’s calculations are based on our current understanding of the LCR and other factors, which may be subject to change as we receive additional clarification and implementation guidance from regulators relating to the LCR, and as the interpretation of the LCR evolves over time.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The objective of the NSFR is to reduce funding risk over a one-year horizon by requiring banking organizations to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding in order to mitigate the risk of future funding stress.

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”) has previously finalized the NSFR framework. In May 2016, the U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to implement the NSFR in the U.S., which would apply to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. Our preliminary estimates, based on the current proposal, indicate that actions will be necessary to meet the requirement, which we would expect to accomplish by the effective date of any final rule. Our preliminary estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results based on the final rule to differ materially from estimates. For an additional discussion of the NSFR, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Liquidity Framework—Net Stable Funding Ratio” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Funding Management

We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to our operations. We pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to ensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

We fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include our equity capital, borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities lending, deposits, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing

For a discussion of our secured financing activities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Secured Financing” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the weighted average maturity of our secured financing of less liquid assets was greater than 120 days.

Collateralized Financing Transactions

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

$ 211,575 $ 208,268

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

$ 72,161 $ 70,016

Securities received as collateral 1

$ 8,865 $ 13,749

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

$ in millions

September 30,
2018

December 31,
2017

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

$ 229,243 $ 214,343

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

$ 59,346 $ 66,879

1.

Included in Trading assets in the balance sheets.

See Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K and Note 6 to the financial statements for more details on collateralized financing transactions.

In addition to the collateralized financing transactions shown in the previous table, we also engage in financing transactions collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. Receivables under these financing transactions, primarily margin loans, are included in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets, and payables under these financing transac-

September 2018 Form 10-Q 20


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

tions, primarily to prime brokerage customers, are included in Customer and other payables in the balance sheets. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit our credit exposure to customers and liquidity reserves held against this risk exposure.

Unsecured Financing

For a discussion of our unsecured financing activities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Unsecured Financing” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Deposits

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Savings and demand deposits:

Brokerage sweep deposits 1

$ 132,835 $ 135,946

Savings and other

11,127 8,541

Total Savings and demand deposits

143,962 144,487

Time deposits 2

31,223 14,949

Total

$ 175,185 $ 159,436

1.

Represents balances swept from client brokerage accounts.

2.

Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3 to the financial statements).

Deposits are primarily sourced from our Wealth Management clients and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. Total deposits at September 30, 2018 increased compared with December 31, 2017, primarily driven by increases in Time deposits and Savings and other deposits, partially offset by a reduction in Brokerage sweep deposits due to client deployment of cash into investments and typical seasonal client tax payments. While Brokerage sweep deposits declined since December 31, 2017, the redesign of our brokerage sweep deposit program initiated in the second quarter of 2018 resulted in inflows of approximately $18 billion. These inflows corresponded with outflows from Liquidity products AUM in the Investment Management business segment (see “Business Segments—Investment Management—Assets Under Management or Supervision” herein for more information).

Borrowings

We believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of borrowings with original maturities greater than one year allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments. Borrowings with original maturities greater than one year are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types.

The availability and cost of financing to us can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, our credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. We also engage in, and may continue to engage in, repurchases of our borrowings in the ordinary course of business.

Borrowings by Remaining Maturity at September 30, 2018 1

$ in millions Parent
Company
Subsidiaries Total

Original maturities of one year or less

$ 2 $ 938 $ 940
Original maturities greater than one year

2018

$ 2,673 $ 1,380 $ 4,053

2019

21,352 4,350 25,702

2020

18,705 2,713 21,418

2021

21,236 3,167 24,403

2022

14,935 1,961 16,896

Thereafter

80,300 17,177 97,477

Total

$ 159,201 $ 30,748 $ 189,949

Total Borrowings

$ 159,203 $ 31,686 $ 190,889

Maturities over next 12 months 2

$ 24,122

1.

Original maturity in the table is generally based on contractual final maturity. For borrowings with put options, remaining maturity represents the earliest put date.

2.

Includes only borrowings with original maturities greater than one year.

Borrowings of $190,889 million as of September 30, 2018 remained relatively unchanged compared with $192,582 million at December 31, 2017.

For further information on Borrowings, see Note 10 to the financial statements.

Credit Ratings

We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our daily operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are impacted by our credit ratings, among other things. In addition, our credit ratings can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. When determining credit ratings, rating agencies consider company-specific factors, other industry factors such as regulatory or legislative changes, and the macroeconomic environment, among other things.

Our credit ratings do not include any uplift from perceived government support from any rating agency given the significant progress of U.S. financial reform legislation and regulations. Some rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of credit rating uplift from non-governmental third-party sources of potential support.

21 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Parent Company and MSBNA Senior Unsecured Ratings at October 31, 2018

Parent Company

Short-Term

Debt

Long-Term

Debt

Rating

Outlook

DBRS, Inc.

R-1 (middle) A (high) Stable

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

F1 A Stable

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

P-2 A3 Stable

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

a-1 A- Stable

S&P Global Ratings

A-2 BBB+ Stable

MSBNA

Short-Term

Debt

Long-Term
Debt

Rating

Outlook

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

F1 A+ Stable

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

P-1 A1 Stable

S&P Global Ratings

A-1 A+ Stable

Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments

In connection with certain OTC derivatives and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral, immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position. See Note 4 to the financial statements for additional information on OTC derivatives that contain such contingent features.

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it would have on our business and results of operations in future periods is inherently uncertain and would depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among others, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agency pre-downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions we might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Capital Management

We view capital as an important source of financial strength and actively manage our consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract our capital base to address the changing needs of our businesses. We attempt to maintain total capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of our operating subsidiaries’ required equity.

Common Stock

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Repurchases of common stock under our share repurchase program

$ 1,180 $ 1,250 $ 3,680 $ 2,500

From time to time we repurchase our outstanding common stock, including as part of our share repurchase program. On April 18, 2018, we entered into a sales plan with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) whereby MUFG sells shares of the Firm’s common stock to us, as part of our share repurchase program. The sales plan is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) and will have no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and us, including the joint ventures in Japan. For a description of our share repurchase program, see “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.”

For a description of our capital plan, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans and Stress Tests.”

Common Stock Dividend Announcement

Announcement date

October 16, 2018

Amount per share

$0.30

Date to be paid

November 15, 2018

Shareholders of record as of

October 31, 2018

Preferred Stock

Preferred Stock Dividend Announcement

Announcement date

September 17, 2018

Date paid

October 15, 2018

Shareholders of record as of

September 28, 2018

For additional information on common and preferred stock, see Note 14 to the financial statements.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 22


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework

We are a financial holding company (“FHC”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”), and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. For us to remain an FHC, we must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the Federal Reserve and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the OCC. For additional information on regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, see Note 13 to the financial statements.

Regulatory capital requirements established by the Federal Reserve are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”).

Regulatory Capital Requirements

We are required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital ratios under the regulatory capital requirements. For more information on our regulatory capital requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Capital Requirements” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Risk-based Regulatory Capital. Minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital). Certain adjustments to and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in AOCI and investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, by 2019 we will be subject to the following buffers:

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

The Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB, currently set by U.S. banking agencies at zero.

In 2018, each of the buffers is 75% of the 2019 requirement noted above (during 2017, the buffers were 50%). Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. For a further discussion of the G-SIB capital surcharge, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—G-SIB Capital Surcharge” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Our risk-based capital ratios for purposes of determining regulatory compliance are the lower of the capital ratios computed under (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”). At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, our ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules.

Effective January 1, 2019, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital requirements, inclusive of buffers, will increase to 10.0%, 11.5%, and 13.5%, respectively.

See “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” herein for additional capital requirements effective January 1, 2019.

Leverage-based Regulatory Capital . Minimum leverage-based capital requirements include a Tier 1 leverage ratio and an SLR. The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. We are required to maintain a Tier 1 SLR of 3% as well as an enhanced SLR capital buffer of at least 2% (for a total of at least 5%) in order to avoid potential limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.

23 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Regulatory Capital Ratios

At September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Required

Ratio

Fully Phased-In

Standardized Advanced

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

$ 61,758 $ 61,758

Tier 1 capital

70,328 70,328

Total capital

79,899 79,649

Total RWA

370,714 357,055

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

8.6% 16.7% 17.3%

Tier 1 capital ratio

10.1% 19.0% 19.7%

Total capital ratio

12.1% 21.6% 22.3%

Leverage-based capital

Adjusted average assets 1

$ 858,944 N/A

Tier 1 leverage ratio

4.0% 8.2% N/A

Supplementary leverage exposure 2

N/A $ 1,101,263

SLR

5.0% N/A 6.4%

At December 31, 2017

Required

Ratio

Transitional 3

Pro Forma Fully

Phased-In

$ in millions Standardized Advanced Standardized Advanced

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

$ 61,134 $ 61,134 $ 60,564 $ 60,564

Tier 1 capital

69,938 69,938 69,120 69,120

Total capital

80,275 80,046 79,470 79,240

Total RWA

369,578 350,212 377,241 358,324

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

7.3% 16.5% 17.5% 16.1% 16.9%

Tier 1 capital ratio

8.8% 18.9% 20.0% 18.3% 19.3%

Total capital ratio

10.8% 21.7% 22.9% 21.1% 22.1%

Leverage-based capital

Adjusted average assets 1

$ 842,270 N/A $ 841,756 N/A

Tier 1 leverage ratio

4.0% 8.3% N/A 8.2% N/A

Supplementary leverage exposure 2

N/A $ 1,082,683 N/A $ 1,082,170

Pro forma SLR

5.0% N/A 6.5% N/A 6.4%

1.

Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the current quarter and the quarter ended December 31, 2017, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other capital deductions.

2.

Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily (i) potential future exposure for derivative exposures, gross-up for cash collateral netting where qualifying criteria are not met, and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.

3.

Regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios calculated under transitional rules until December 31, 2017.

At December 31, 2017, the pro forma fully phased-in estimated amounts and the pro forma estimated SLR utilized fully phased-in Tier 1 capital, including the fully phased-in Tier 1 capital deductions that applied beginning January 1, 2018. These pro forma fully phased-in estimates were non-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017. These estimates were based on our understanding of the capital rules and other factors at the time.

Regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios including regulatory capital and RWA calculated under the transitional rules until December 31, 2017. The regulatory capital analyses in the following tables are presented using pro forma fully phased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017, which are equivalent to amounts calculated as of September 30, 2018.

Fully Phased-In Regulatory Capital

$ in millions

At

September 30,

2018

At

December 31,

2017 1

Change

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

Common stock and surplus

$ 10,852 $ 14,354 $ (3,502)

Retained earnings

63,330 57,577 5,753

AOCI

(3,999 ) (3,060 ) (939)

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

Net goodwill

(6,654 ) (6,599 ) (55)

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

(2,237 ) (2,446 ) 209

Other adjustments and deductions 2

466 738 (272)

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital

$ 61,758 $ 60,564 $ 1,194

Additional Tier 1 capital

Preferred stock

$ 8,520 $ 8,520 $

Noncontrolling interests

460 415 45

Other adjustments and deductions

(23 ) 23

Additional Tier 1 capital

$ 8,980 $ 8,912 $ 68

Deduction for investments in covered funds

(410 ) (356 ) (54)

Total Tier 1 capital

$ 70,328 $ 69,120 $ 1,208

Standardized Tier 2 capital

Subordinated debt

$ 9,052 $ 9,839 $ (787)

Noncontrolling interests

108 98 10

Eligible allowance for credit losses

431 423 8

Other adjustments and deductions

(20 ) (10 ) (10)

Total Standardized Tier 2 capital

$ 9,571 $ 10,350 $ (779)

Total Standardized capital

$ 79,899 $ 79,470 $ 429

Advanced Tier 2 capital

Subordinated debt

$ 9,052 $ 9,839 $ (787)

Noncontrolling interests

108 98 10

Eligible credit reserves

181 193 (12)

Other adjustments and deductions

(20 ) (10 ) (10)

Total Advanced Tier 2 capital

$ 9,321 $ 10,120 $ (799)

Total Advanced capital

$ 79,649 $ 79,240 $ 409

1.

The pro forma fully phased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017 are non-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017.

2.

Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1 capital include credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, net deferred tax assets, net after-tax DVA and adjustments related to AOCI.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 24


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Fully Phased-In RWA Rollforward

Nine Months Ended

September 30, 2018 1

$ in millions Standardized Advanced

Credit risk RWA

Balance at December 31, 2017 2

$ 301,946 $ 170,754

Change related to the following items:

Derivatives

(905 ) 2,431

Securities financing transactions

1,269 2,583

Securitizations

941 (639)

Investment securities

(271 ) 6,708

Commitments, guarantees and loans

9,491 8,073

Cash

960 773

Equity investments

(1,346 ) (1,429)

Other credit risk 3

(1,945 ) (1,498)

Total change in credit risk RWA

$ 8,194 $ 17,002

Balance at September 30, 2018

$ 310,140 $ 187,756

Market risk RWA

Balance at December 31, 2017 2

$ 75,295 $ 74,907

Change related to the following items:

Regulatory VaR

179 179

Regulatory stressed VaR

(5,242 ) (5,242)

Incremental risk charge

1,097 1,097

Comprehensive risk measure

(2,636 ) (2,102)

Specific risk:

Non-securitizations

(3,838 ) (3,838)

Securitizations

(4,281 ) (4,281)

Total change in market risk RWA

$ (14,721 ) $ (14,187)

Balance at September 30, 2018

$ 60,574 $ 60,720

Operational risk RWA

Balance at December 31, 2017 2

N/A $ 112,663

Change in operational risk RWA

N/A (4,084)

Balance at September 30, 2018

N/A $ 108,579

Total RWA

$ 370,714 $ 357,055

Regulatory VaR—VaR for regulatory capital requirements

1.

The RWA for each category reflects both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, where appropriate.

2.

The pro forma fully phased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017 are non-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017.

3.

Amount reflects assets not in a defined category, non-material portfolios of exposures and unsettled transactions, as applicable.

Credit risk RWA increased in the current year period under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches primarily due to increased corporate lending exposures within the Institutional Securities business segment. Credit risk RWA for Investment securities also increased in the current year period under the Advanced Approach driven by model revisions which increased the risk weighting for certain counterparty types.

Market risk RWA decreased in the current year period under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches primarily due to a decrease in Stressed VaR driven by reduced interest rate and credit spread risk, a decrease in securitization specific risk charges mainly as a result of reduced exposures in mortgage-backed securities, and a decrease in non-securitization specific risk charges primarily due to reduced exposures in bonds and equity derivatives.

The decrease in operational risk RWA under the Advanced Approach in the current year period reflects a continued reduction in the frequency and magnitude of internal losses utilized in the operational risk capital model related to litigation and execution and processing.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements

On December 15, 2016, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule for top-tier BHCs of U.S. G-SIB (“covered BHC”), including the Parent Company, that establishes external TLAC, long-term debt (“LTD”) and clean holding company requirements. The final rule contains various definitions and restrictions, such as requiring eligible LTD to be issued by the covered BHC and be unsecured, have a maturity of one year or more from the date of issuance and not have certain derivative-linked features typically associated with certain types of structured notes. We expect to be in compliance with all requirements of the rule by January 1, 2019, the date that compliance is required.

The Federal Reserve’s proposed modifications to the enhanced SLR would also make corresponding changes to the calibration of the TLAC leverage-based requirements, as well as certain other technical changes to the TLAC rule. For a further discussion of the enhanced SLR, see “Regulatory Developments—Proposed Modifications to the Enhanced SLR and to the SLR Applicable to Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries” herein.

For a further discussion of TLAC and LTD requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” in the 2017 Form 10-K. For discussions about the interaction between the SPOE resolution strategy and the TLAC and LTD requirements, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, including us, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR framework.

We submitted our 2018 Capital Plan (“Capital Plan”) and company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve on April 5, 2018. On June 21, 2018, the Federal Reserve published summary results of the Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large BHC, including us. On June 28, 2018, the Federal Reserve published summary results of CCAR and we received a conditional non-objection to our

25 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Capital Plan, where the only condition was that our capital distributions not exceed the greater of the actual distributions we made over the previous four calendar quarters or the annualized average of actual distributions over the previous eight calendar quarters.

Our 2018 Capital Plan includes the repurchase of up to $4.7 billion of outstanding common stock for the period beginning July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019, and an increase in our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.30 per share, beginning with the common stock dividend announced on July 18, 2018. The total amount of expected 2018 capital distributions is consistent with the $6.8 billion of actual dividends and gross share repurchases included in our 2017 Capital Plan. We disclosed a summary of the results of our company-run stress tests on June 21, 2018 on our Investor Relations webpage. In addition, we submitted the results of our mid-cycle company-run stress test to the Federal Reserve and on October 22, 2018 disclosed a summary of the results on our Investor Relations webpage.

The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”), which was enacted on May 24, 2018, modifies certain aspects of the stress-testing process applicable to BHCs, including us. Pursuant to EGRRCPA, on October 31, 2018, the Federal Reserve issued a proposal to tailor prudential standards that would, among other things, modify our obligation to perform company-run stress-tests from semi-annually to annually.

Each of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries is also currently required to conduct an annual stress test. MSBNA and MSPBNA submitted their 2018 annual company-run stress tests to the OCC on April 5, 2018 and published a summary of their stress test results on June 21, 2018.

EGRRCPA also eliminates the statutory requirement for banks with less than $250 billion of total assets, which includes both of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, to conduct stress-testing, effective November 2019. The OCC provided guidance in July 2018 that MSPBNA, as a national bank with less than $100 billion of total consolidated assets, would be immediately exempted from company-run stress-testing requirements.

For a further discussion of our capital plans and stress tests, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans and Stress Tests” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework

Our required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital

adequacy measure. Common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated under the Required Capital framework, as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to our total Required Capital.

The Required Capital framework is a risk-based and leverage use-of-capital measure, which is compared with our regulatory capital to ensure that we maintain an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. We define the difference between our total average common equity and the sum of the average common equity amounts allocated to our business segments as Parent Company common equity. We generally hold Parent Company common equity for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

The estimation and attribution of common equity to the business segments are based on the fully phased-in regulatory capital rules. The amount of capital allocated to the business segments is generally set at the beginning of each year and remains fixed throughout the year until the next annual reset unless a significant business change occurs ( e.g. , acquisition or disposition). Differences between available and Required Capital are attributed to Parent Company common equity during the year.

The Required Capital framework is expected to evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment, for example, to incorporate changes in stress testing or enhancements to modeling techniques. We will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

Average Common Equity Attribution 1

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in billions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Institutional Securities

$ 40.8 $ 40.2 $ 40.8 $ 40.2

Wealth Management

16.8 17.2 16.8 17.2

Investment Management

2.6 2.4 2.6 2.4

Parent Company

10.0 10.7 9.4 10.0

Total

$ 70.2 $ 70.5 $ 69.6 $ 69.8

1.

Average common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

Resolution and Recovery Planning

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to periodically submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure.

Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in our 2017 resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy. The Parent Company has amended and restated its secured support agreement with its

September 2018 Form 10-Q 26


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

material entities, as defined in our 2017 resolution plan. Under the secured amended and restated support agreement, upon the occurrence of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute or loan on a subordinated basis all of its contributable material assets, other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain intercompany receivables, to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our material entities.

The obligations of the Parent Company under the secured amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company). As a result, claims of our material entities against the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company) are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.

In addition, on July 1, 2018, MSBNA and MSPBNA each submitted to the FDIC a resolution plan that describes its strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of its material financial distress or failure.

For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and our activities in these areas, including the implications of such activities in a resolution scenario, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Regulatory Developments

Single-Counterparty Credit Limits

On June 14, 2018, the Federal Reserve finalized rules that establish single-counterparty credit limits (“SCCL”) for large banking organizations. U.S. G-SIBs, including us, are subject to a limit of 15% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any “major counterparty” (defined to include other U.S. G-SIBs, foreign G-SIBs, and nonbank systemically important financial institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve). In addition, we are subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any other unaffiliated counterparty. We must comply with the final SCCL rules beginning on January 1, 2020.

Volcker Rule

The Volcker Rule prohibits “banking entities,” including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain “proprietary trading” activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to exemptions for underwriting, market-making activities, risk-mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule also prohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities with “covered funds,” with a number of exemptions and exclusions.

On June 5, 2018, the Federal Reserve and the other federal financial regulatory agencies responsible for the Volcker Rule’s implementing regulations released an interagency proposal that would revise certain elements of the Volcker Rule regulations. The proposed changes focus on proprietary trading, including the metrics reporting requirements and certain requirements imposed in connection with permitted market making, underwriting and risk-mitigating hedging activities, including market-making in and underwriting of covered funds. The impact of this proposal on us will not be known with certainty until final rules are issued. For more information about the Volcker Rule, see “Business— Supervision and Regulation—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements

On April 10, 2018, the Federal Reserve issued a proposal to integrate its annual capital planning and stress testing requirements with certain ongoing regulatory capital requirements. The proposal, which would apply to certain BHCs, including us, would introduce a stress capital buffer and a stress leverage buffer (collectively, “Stress Buffer Requirements”) and related changes to the capital planning and stress testing processes. Under the proposal, Stress Buffer Requirements would apply only with respect to the Standardized Approach and Tier 1 leverage regulatory capital requirements and would generally be effective on October 1, 2019.

In the Standardized Approach, the stress capital buffer would replace the existing Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer, which will be 2.5% as of January 1, 2019. The Standardized Approach stress capital buffer would equal the greater of (i) the maximum decline in our Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio under the severely adverse scenario over the supervisory stress test measurement period, plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount of our planned common stock dividends to our projected RWA for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period, and (ii) 2.5%. Regulatory capital requirements under the Standardized Approach would include the stress capital buffer, as summarized above, as well as our Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge and any applicable Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB.

Like the stress capital buffer, the stress leverage buffer would be calculated based on the results of our annual supervisory stress tests. The stress leverage buffer would equal the maximum decline in our Tier 1 leverage ratio under the severely adverse scenario, plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount of our planned common stock dividends to our projected leverage ratio denominator for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period. No floor would be established for the stress leverage buffer, which would apply in addition to the current minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%.

The proposal would make related changes to capital planning and stress testing processes for BHCs subject to the Stress

27 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

Buffer Requirements. In particular, the proposal would limit projected capital actions to planned common stock dividends in the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period and would assume that BHCs maintain a constant level of assets and RWA throughout the supervisory stress test projection period.

The proposal does not change regulatory capital requirements under the Advanced Approach or the SLR, although the Federal Reserve and the OCC have separately proposed to modify the enhanced SLR requirements, as summarized below. If the proposal is adopted in its current form, limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers would be determined by the most stringent limitation, if any, as determined under the Standardized Approach or the Tier 1 leverage ratio, inclusive of Stress Buffer Requirements, or the Advanced Approach or SLR or TLAC requirements, inclusive of applicable buffers.

Proposed Modifications to the Enhanced SLR and to the SLR Applicable to Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

On April 11, 2018, the Federal Reserve proposed modifications to the enhanced SLR that would replace the current 2% enhanced SLR buffer applicable to U.S. G-SIBs, including us, with a leverage buffer equal to 50% of our Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, which is currently 3%. Under the proposal, our enhanced SLR buffer would become 1.5%, for a total enhanced SLR requirement of 4.5%, assuming that our G-SIB capital surcharge remains the same when the proposal becomes effective.

As part of the same proposal, the Federal Reserve and the OCC also proposed to align the well-capitalized SLR standard applicable to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries with the proposed enhanced SLR buffer applicable to us. Under the proposal, the well-capitalized SLR requirement for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries would change from the current 6% to 3% plus 50% of our current Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, for a total well-capitalized SLR requirement of 4.5%, assuming that our G-SIB capital surcharge remains the same when the proposal becomes effective.

Proposed Regulatory Capital Adjustments Related to Implementation of the Current Expected Credit Losses Methodology

On April 17, 2018, the U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to revise the regulatory capital framework applicable to banking organizations, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, to address the new accounting standard for credit losses, known as a CECL methodology. For a further discussion of CECL, see “Accounting Development Updates—Financial Instruments—Credit Losses” herein.

The proposal modifies the regulatory capital rules to identify which credit loss allowances under the new accounting standard are eligible for inclusion in regulatory capital and to

provide banking organizations the option to phase in, over a three-year period, the adverse effects on regulatory capital that may result from the adoption of the new accounting standard. The proposal requires a banking organization that has adopted a CECL methodology to include the provision for credit losses beginning in the 2020 stress test cycle.

Proposed Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk

On October 30, 2018, the U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to incorporate the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (“SA-CCR”), a new derivatives counterparty exposure methodology, into the regulatory capital framework and related regulatory standards. As proposed, SA-CCR would replace the current exposure method, on a mandatory basis, in our and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Standardized Approach RWAs, central counterparty default fund contributions and, in modified form, in Supplementary Leverage Ratio exposure calculations. SA-CCR would be available as an alternative in our and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Advanced Approach RWAs for trade exposures, in single counterparty credit limits applicable to us, and in bank lending limits applicable to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The proposal would require us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to implement SA-CCR by July 1, 2020, but would permit voluntary early adoption before that date after a final rule adopting SA-CCR is effective.

U.S. Department of Labor Conflict of Interest Rule and SEC Standards of Conduct for Investment Professionals

The U.S. DOL’s final Conflict of Interest Rule under ERISA went into effect on June 9, 2017. On March 15, 2018, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit vacated the Conflict of Interest Rule and accompanying exemptions in their entirety. On June 21, 2018, the Court issued the mandate that makes effective its decision to vacate the rule.

On April 18, 2018, the SEC released for public comment a package of proposed rulemaking on the standards of conduct and required disclosures for broker-dealers and investment advisers. One of the proposals, entitled “Regulation Best Interest,” would require broker-dealers to act in the “best interest” of retail customers at the time a recommendation is made without placing the financial or other interests of the broker-dealer ahead of the interest of the retail customer. Additionally, the SEC proposed a new requirement for both broker-dealers and investment advisers to provide a brief relationship summary to retail investors with information intended to clarify the relationship between the parties. Finally, the SEC issued a proposed interpretation regarding the fiduciary duty that investment advisers owe their clients.

U.K. Withdrawal from the E.U.

Following the U.K. electorate vote to leave the E.U., the U.K. invoked Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty on March 29, 2017, which triggered a two-year period, subject to extension (which would need the unanimous approval of the E.U. Member States), during which the U.K. government has been negotiating its with-

September 2018 Form 10-Q 28


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis LOGO

drawal agreement with the E.U. For further discussion of the potential impact of the U.K.’s withdrawal from the E.U. on our operations, see “Risk Factors—International Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K. For further information regarding our exposure to the U.K., see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure.”

Expected Replacement of London Interbank Offered Rate

Central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned working groups of market participants and official sector representatives with the goal of finding suitable replacements for LIBOR based on observable market transactions. It is expected that a transition away from the widespread use of LIBOR to alternative rates will occur over the course of the next few years. The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, has announced that it has commitments from panel banks to continue to contribute to LIBOR through the end of 2021, but that it will not use its powers to compel contributions beyond such date. Accordingly, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the publication of such rates beyond 2021.

On April 3, 2018, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York commenced publication of three reference rates based on overnight U.S. Treasury repurchase agreement transactions, including SOFR, which has been recommended as an alternative to U.S. dollar LIBOR by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee. Further, the Bank of England has commenced publication of a reformed Sterling Overnight Index Average (“reformed SONIA”), comprised of a broader set of overnight Sterling money market transactions, as of April 23, 2018. Reformed SONIA has been recommended as the alternative to Sterling LIBOR by the working group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates. Central bank sponsored committees in other jurisdictions have, or are expected to, select alternative reference rates denominated in other currencies.

Although the full impact of such reforms and actions, together with any transition away from LIBOR, including the potential or actual discontinuance of LIBOR publication, remains unclear, these changes may have an adverse impact on the value of, return on and trading markets for a broad array of financial products, including any LIBOR-based securities,

loans and derivatives that are included in our financial assets and liabilities. Such reforms and actions may also require extensive changes to the contracts that govern these LIBOR-based products, as well as our systems and processes.

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates

For a discussion of the effects of inflation and changes in interest and foreign exchange rates on our business and financial results and strategies to mitigate potential exposures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated SPEs and lending-related financial instruments ( e.g. , guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.

We utilize SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. For information on our securitization activities, see Note 12 to the financial statements.

For information on our commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 11 to the financial statements. For further information on our lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Lending Activities Included in Loans and Trading Assets.”

Contractual Obligations

For a discussion about our contractual obligations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contractual Obligations” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

29 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk LOGO

Management believes effective risk management is vital to the success of our business activities. For a discussion of our risk management functions, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, we incur market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of our VaR for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, we incur market risk within the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments. The Wealth Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk from lending and deposit-taking activities. The Investment Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk from capital investments in alternative and other funds. For a further discussion of market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Trading Risks

Value-at-Risk. The statistical technique known as VaR is one of the tools we use to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of our trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations. For information regarding our VaR methodology, assumptions and limitations, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk—Sales and Trading and Related Activities—VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

We utilize the same VaR model for risk management purposes and for regulatory capital calculations. Our regulators have approved our VaR model for use in regulatory calculations.

The portfolio of positions used for our VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) differs from that used for regulatory capital requirements (“Regulatory VaR”). Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

The following table presents the Management VaR for the Trading portfolio. To further enhance the transparency of the traded market risk, the Credit Portfolio VaR has been disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories. The Credit Portfolio includes counterparty CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

95%/One-Day Management VaR

Three Months Ended

September 30, 2018

$ in millions

Period

End

Average High Low

Interest rate and credit spread

$ 28 $ 29 $ 35 $ 25

Equity price

13 15 17 13

Foreign exchange rate

12 12 13 9

Commodity price

7 8 10 7

Less: Diversification benefit 1, 2

(25 ) (27 ) N/A N/A

Primary Risk Categories

$ 35 $ 37 $ 42 $ 33

Credit Portfolio

13 12 14 11

Less: Diversification benefit 1, 2

(6 ) (7 ) N/A N/A

Total Management VaR

$ 42 $ 42 $ 46 $ 38

Three Months Ended

June 30, 2018

$ in millions

Period

End

Average High Low

Interest rate and credit spread

$ 32 $ 35 $ 43 $ 29

Equity price

13 14 17 12

Foreign exchange rate

11 9 12 7

Commodity price

8 9 12 7

Less: Diversification benefit 1, 2

(25 ) (26 ) N/A N/A

Primary Risk Categories

$ 39 $ 41 $ 51 $ 35

Credit Portfolio

14 11 14 9

Less: Diversification benefit 1, 2

(10 ) (8 ) N/A N/A

Total Management VaR

$ 43 $ 44 $ 54 $ 38

1.

Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total Management VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.

2.

The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

Average total Management VaR and average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories of $42 million and $37 million, respectively, decreased from the three-months ended June 30, 2018, primarily as a result of reduced interest rate and credit spread risk within the Fixed Income division of the Institutional Securities business segment.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 30


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures LOGO

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues. One method of evaluating the reasonableness of our VaR model as a measure of our potential volatility of net revenues is to compare VaR with corresponding actual trading revenues. Assuming no intraday trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the adequacy of the VaR model would be questioned.

We evaluate the reasonableness of our VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with corresponding actual trading results for the Firm, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, we examine the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results. There were no days in the current year period on which trading losses exceeded VaR.

The distribution of VaR statistics and net revenues is presented in the following histograms for the Total Trading populations.

Total Trading. As shown in the 95%/One-Day Management VaR table, the average 95%/one-day total Management VaR for the current quarter was $42 million. The following histogram presents the distribution of the daily 95%/one-day total Management VaR for the current quarter.

Daily 95%/One-Day Total Management VaR for the Current Quarter

($ in millions)

LOGO

The following histogram shows the distribution for the current quarter of daily net trading revenues, including profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price, and Credit Portfolio positions and intraday trading activities, for our trading businesses. Daily net trading revenues exclude certain items not captured in the VaR model, such as fees, commissions and net interest income, and differ from the definition of revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting, which further excludes intraday trading.

Daily Net Trading Revenues for the Current Quarter

($ in millions)

LOGO

Non-Trading Risks

We believe that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of our non-trading risks. The following sensitivity analyses cover substantially all of the non-trading risk in our portfolio.

Exposure Related to Our Own Credit Spread.

Credit Spread Risk Sensitivity 1

$ in millions

At

September 30, 2018

At

June 30, 2018

Derivatives

$ 6 $ 6

Funding liabilities 2

34 32

1.

Amounts represent the increase in value for each 1 bps widening of our credit spread.

2.

Relates to structured note liabilities carried at fair value.

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity. The following table presents an analysis of selected instantaneous upward and downward parallel interest rate shocks on net interest income over the next 12 months for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. These shocks are applied to our 12-month forecast for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, which incorporates market expectations of interest rates and our forecasted business activity.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis

$ in millions

At

September 30,

2018

At

June 30,

2018

Basis point change

+200

$ 493 $ 531

+100

254 273

-100

(389 ) (489 )

31 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures LOGO

We do not manage to any single rate scenario but rather manage net interest income in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to optimize across a range of possible outcomes, including non-parallel rate change scenarios. The sensitivity analysis assumes that we take no action in response to these scenarios, assumes there are no changes in other macroeconomic variables normally correlated with changes in interest rates, and includes subjective assumptions regarding customer and market re-pricing behavior and other factors. The change in sensitivity to interest rates in the minus 100 basis point scenario between September 30, 2018 and June 30, 2018 is primarily related to higher interest rates.

Investments. We have exposure to public and private companies through direct investments, as well as through funds that invest in these assets. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, a portion of which are for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net income associated with a 10% decline in investment values and related impact on performance fees.

Investments Sensitivity, Including Related Performance Fees

Loss from 10% Decline
$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
June 30,
2018

Investments related to Investment Management activities

$ 286 $ 301

Other investments:

MUMSS

166 164

Other Firm investments

183 181

MUMSS—Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

Equity Market Sensitivity. In the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, certain fee-based revenue streams are driven by the value of clients’ equity holdings. The overall level of revenues for these streams also depends on multiple additional factors that include, but are not limited to, the level and duration of the equity market increase or decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions, and the impact of such market increase or decline and price volatility on client behavior. Therefore, overall revenues do not correlate completely with changes in the equity markets.

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. We primarily incur credit risk exposure to institutions and individuals through our Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments. For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K. Also, see Notes 7 and 11 to the financial statements for additional information about our loans and lending commitments, respectively.

Lending Activities Included in Loans and Trading Assets

We provide loans and lending commitments to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals. In addition, we purchase loans in the secondary market. In the balance sheets, these loans and lending commitments are carried as held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; as held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value; or at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. Loans held for investment and loans held for sale are classified in Loans, and loans held at fair value are classified in Trading assets in the balance sheets. See Notes 3, 7 and 11 to the financial statements for further information.

Loans and Lending Commitments

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions IS WM IM 1 Total

Corporate loans

$ 19,284 $ 16,150 $ 5 $ 35,439

Consumer loans

28,321 28,321

Residential real estate loans

26,644 26,644

Wholesale real estate loans

8,157 8,157

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

27,441 71,115 5 98,561

Allowance for loan losses

(188 ) (43 ) (231 )

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

27,253 71,072 5 98,330

Corporate loans

10,035 10,035

Residential real estate loans

1 28 29

Wholesale real estate loans

1,589 1,589

Loans held for sale

11,625 28 11,653

Corporate loans

9,468 21 9,489

Residential real estate loans

912 912

Wholesale real estate loans

1,209 1,156 2,365

Loans held at fair value

11,589 1,177 12,766

Total loans

50,467 71,100 1,182 122,749

Lending commitments 2, 3

97,903 10,740 164 108,807

Total loans and lending commitments 2, 3

$ 148,370 $ 81,840 $ 1,346 $ 231,556

September 2018 Form 10-Q 32


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures LOGO

At December 31, 2017

$ in millions

IS WM IM Total

Corporate loans

$ 15,332 $ 14,417 $ 5 $ 29,754

Consumer loans

26,808 26,808

Residential real estate loans

26,635 26,635

Wholesale real estate loans

9,980 9,980

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

25,312 67,860 5 93,177

Allowance for loan losses

(182 ) (42 ) (224 )

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

25,130 67,818 5 92,953

Corporate loans

9,456 9,456

Residential real estate loans

1 34 35

Wholesale real estate loans

1,682 1,682

Loans held for sale

11,139 34 11,173

Corporate loans

8,336 22 8,358

Residential real estate loans

799 799

Wholesale real estate loans

1,579 1,579

Loans held at fair value

10,714 22 10,736

Total loans

46,983 67,852 27 114,862

Lending commitments 2, 3

92,588 9,481 102,069

Total loans and lending commitments 2, 3

$ 139,571 $ 77,333 $ 27 $ 216,931

1.

Investment Management business segment loans are entered into in conjunction with certain investment advisory activities. The increase in fair value loans in the current year period is a result of the consolidation of a fund managed by Mesa West Capital, LLC that primarily invests in commercial real estate loans with remaining maturities of less than 5 years.

2.

Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

3.

For syndications led by us, any lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of amounts syndicated. For syndications that we participate in and do not lead, any lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that we expect will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank. Due to the nature of our obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties.

Total loans and lending commitments increased by approximately $15 billion in the current year period, primarily due to increases in collateralized and relationship-based loans and lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Credit exposure arising from our loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with our internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the aggregate allowance for loan and commitment losses include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion, loan-to-value ratio, debt service ratio, covenants and counterparty type. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered.

Allowance for Loans and Lending Commitments Held for Investment

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Loans

$ 231 $ 224

Lending commitments

201 198

Total allowance for loans and lending commitments

$ 432 $ 422

The aggregate allowance for loans and lending commitment losses increased during the current year period, primarily due to overall portfolio changes and qualitative and environmental factors impacting the inherent allowance within the Institutional Securities business segment. See Note 7 to the financial statements for further information.

Status of Loans Held for Investment

At September 30, 2018 At December 31, 2017
IS WM IS WM

Current

99.8% 99.9% 99.5% 99.9%

Nonaccrual 1

0.2% 0.1% 0.5% 0.1%

1.

These loans are on nonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

Institutional Securities

In connection with certain Institutional Securities business segment activities, we provide loans and lending commitments to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients. These activities include originating and purchasing corporate loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to equities and commodities customers and municipalities. These loans and lending commitments may have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by us.

We also participate in securitization activities, whereby we extend short-term or long-term collateralized lines of credit and term loans with various types of collateral including residential real estate, commercial real estate, corporate and financial assets. These collateralized loans and lending commitments generally provide for over-collateralization. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in the underlying collateral value. The Firm monitors collateral levels against the requirements of lending agreements. See Note 12 to the financial statements for information about our securitization activities.

33 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures LOGO

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments 1

At September 30, 2018
Years to Maturity
$ in millions Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total

Loans

AA

$ 10 $ 488 $ $ 19 $ 517

A

1,172 3,259 978 325 5,734

BBB

3,042 6,108 4,252 796 14,198

NIG

7,169 11,395 7,050 2,383 27,997

Unrated 2

81 184 147 1,609 2,021

Total loans

11,474 21,434 12,427 5,132 50,467

Lending commitments

AAA

165 165

AA

2,837 803 3,119 6,759

A

4,803 10,409 9,159 370 24,741

BBB

2,361 11,490 19,180 771 33,802

NIG

1,244 9,401 15,129 6,603 32,377

Unrated 2

1 19 39 59

Total lending commitments

11,246 32,268 46,606 7,783 97,903

Total exposure

$ 22,720 $ 53,702 $ 59,033 $ 12,915 $ 148,370

At December 31, 2017
Years to Maturity
$ in millions Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total

Loans

AA

$ 14 $ 503 $ 30 $ 5 $ 552

A

1,608 1,710 1,235 693 5,246

BBB

2,791 6,558 3,752 646 13,747

NIG

4,760 12,311 4,480 3,245 24,796

Unrated 2

243 291 621 1,487 2,642

Total loans

9,416 21,373 10,118 6,076 46,983

Lending commitments

AAA

165 165

AA

3,745 1,108 3,002 7,855

A

3,769 5,533 11,774 197 21,273

BBB

3,987 12,345 16,818 1,095 34,245

NIG

4,159 9,776 12,279 2,698 28,912

Unrated 2

9 40 42 47 138

Total lending commitments

15,669 28,967 43,915 4,037 92,588

Total exposure

$ 25,085 $ 50,340 $ 54,033 $ 10,113 $ 139,571

NIG–Non-investment grade

1.

Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management department.

2.

Unrated loans and lending commitments are primarily trading positions that are measured at fair value and risk managed as a component of market risk. For a further discussion of our market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk” herein.

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments by Industry

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Industry

Financials

$ 32,546 $ 22,112

Real estate

25,005 28,426

Consumer discretionary

12,267 11,555

Industrials

11,785 11,090

Information technology

11,337 11,862

Utilities

9,877 9,592

Healthcare

9,789 9,956

Energy

9,398 10,233

Consumer staples

8,640 8,315

Telecommunications services

5,720 4,172

Materials

5,432 5,069

Insurance

4,883 4,739

Other

1,691 2,450

Total

$ 148,370 $ 139,571

Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments

At September 30, 2018
Years to Maturity
$ in millions Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total

Loans

$ 2,565 $ 778 $ 615 $ 662 $ 4,620

Lending commitments

396 3,909 2,900 2,188 9,393

Total loans and lending commitments

$ 2,961 $ 4,687 $ 3,515 $ 2,850 $ 14,013

At December 31, 2017
Years to Maturity
$ in millions Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total

Loans

$ 1,458 $ 1,058 $ 639 $ 2,012 $ 5,167

Lending commitments

1,272 3,206 2,091 1,874 8,443

Total loans and lending commitments

$ 2,730 $ 4,264 $ 2,730 $ 3,886 $ 13,610

Event-driven loans and lending commitments, which comprise a portion of corporate loans and lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment, are associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition, recapitalization and project finance activities. Event-driven loans and lending commitments typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans. The increase in event-driven lending commitments in the current year period is primarily due to an increase in held-for-sale commitments driven by client M&A transactions.

Wealth Management

The principal Wealth Management lending activities include securities-based lending and residential real estate loans.

Securities-based lending provided to our clients is primarily conducted through our Liquidity Access Line platform. For more information about our securities-based lending and residential real estate loans, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Lending Activities” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 34


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures LOGO

Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments

At September 30, 2018
Contractual Years to Maturity
$ in millions Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total

Securities-based lending and other loans

$ 37,622 $ 3,736 $ 2,005 $ 1,083 $ 44,446

Residential real estate loans

27 5 26,622 26,654

Total loans

$ 37,622 $ 3,763 $ 2,010 $ 27,705 $ 71,100

Lending commitments

9,247 1,129 89 275 10,740

Total loans and lending commitments

$ 46,869 $ 4,892 $ 2,099 $ 27,980 $ 81,840

Securities-based lending—Liquidity Access Line platform loans

$ 33,738

At December 31, 2017
Contractual Years to Maturity
$ in millions Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total

Securities-based lending and other loans

$ 34,389 $ 3,687 $ 1,899 $ 1,231 $ 41,206

Residential real estate loans

24 15 26,607 26,646

Total loans

$ 34,389 $ 3,711 $ 1,914 $ 27,838 $ 67,852

Lending commitments

7,253 1,827 120 281 9,481

Total loans and lending commitments

$ 41,642 $ 5,538 $ 2,034 $ 28,119 $ 77,333

Securities-based lending—Liquidity Access Line platform loans

$ 32,230

For the current year period, loans and lending commitments associated with the Wealth Management business segment lending activities increased by approximately 6%, primarily due to growth in securities-based lending and other loans.

Lending Activities Included in Customer and Other

Receivables

Margin Loans

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions IS WM Total

Net customer receivables representing margin loans

$ 22,153 $ 11,668 $ 33,821
At December 31, 2017
$ in millions IS WM Total

Net customer receivables representing margin loans

$ 19,977 $ 12,135 $ 32,112

The Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments provide margin lending arrangements which allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Margin lending activities generally have minimal credit risk due to the value of collateral held and their short-term nature.

Employee Loans

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Balance

$ 3,491 $ 4,185

Allowance for loan losses

(70 ) (77)

Balance, net

$ 3,421 $ 4,108

Repayment term range, in years

1 to 20 1 to 20

Employee loans are generally granted to retain and recruit certain employees, are full recourse and generally require periodic repayments. We establish an allowance for loan amounts to terminated employees that we do not consider recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

Credit Exposure—Derivatives

We incur credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the possibility that a counterparty may fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. In connection with our OTC derivative activities, we generally enter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide us with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master netting agreement in the event of counterparty default.

We manage our trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products ( e.g. , futures, forwards, swaps and options). For a discussion of our credit exposure and related credit derivative contracts, see “Quantitative and Qualitative disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management–Credit Risk—Credit Exposure—Derivatives” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Counterparty Credit Rating and Remaining Contractual Maturity of OTC Derivative Assets at Fair Value

Credit Rating 1
$ in millions AAA AA A BBB NIG Total

At September 30, 2018

< 1 year

$ 473 $ 6,603 $ 42,113 $ 13,877 $ 7,596 $ 70,662

1-3 years

747 3,392 23,551 9,717 7,039 44,446

3-5 years

821 2,396 13,462 5,584 2,607 24,870

Over 5 years

4,151 9,089 65,037 35,917 10,314 124,508

Total, gross

$ 6,192 $ 21,480 $ 144,163 $ 65,095 $ 27,556 $ 264,486

Counterparty netting

(2,683 ) (13,855 ) (116,420 ) (46,413 ) (15,519 ) (194,890)

Cash and securities collateral

(3,171 ) (5,811 ) (24,039 ) (13,251 ) (8,642 ) (54,914)

Total, net

$ 338 $ 1,814 $ 3,704 $ 5,431 $ 3,395 $ 14,682

35 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures LOGO

Credit Rating 1, 2
$ in millions AAA AA A BBB NIG Total

At December 31, 2017

< 1 year

$ 356 $ 5,302 $ 36,001 $ 11,577 $ 5,904 $ 59,140

1-3 years

558 4,118 23,137 8,887 4,827 41,527

3-5 years

702 3,183 15,577 5,489 4,879 29,830

Over 5 years

5,470 11,667 78,779 37,286 12,079 145,281

Total, gross

$ 7,086 $ 24,270 $ 153,494 $ 63,239 $ 27,689 $ 275,778

Counterparty netting

(3,018 ) (15,261 ) (125,378 ) (45,421 ) (15,828 ) (204,906)

Cash and securities collateral

(3,188 ) (6,785 ) (23,257 ) (12,844 ) (9,123 ) (55,197)

Total, net

$ 880 $ 2,224 $ 4,859 $ 4,974 $ 2,738 $ 15,675

1.

Obligor credit ratings are determined internally by the Credit Risk Management department.

2.

Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

OTC Derivative Products at Fair Value, Net of Collateral, by Industry

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Industry

Utilities

$ 4,290 $ 4,382

Financials

3,487 3,330

Regional governments

894 1,005

Industrials

858 1,124

Energy

781 646

Healthcare

705 882

Information technology

704 715

Consumer discretionary

508 464

Not-for-profit organizations

500 703

Sovereign governments

486 1,084

Insurance

388 206

Real estate

341 374

Materials

289 329

Consumer staples

208 161

Other

243 270

Total

$ 14,682 $ 15,675

For additional information on derivative instruments, including credit derivatives, see Note 4 to the financial statements.

Country Risk Exposure

Country risk exposure is the risk that events in, or that affect, a foreign country (any country other than the U.S.) might adversely affect us. We actively manage country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows us to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk. Country risk exposure before and after hedging is monitored and managed. For a further discussion of our country risk exposure see, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Country Risk Exposure” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Our sovereign exposures consist of financial contracts/obligations entered into with sovereign and local governments. Our non-sovereign exposures consist of financial contracts/obligations entered into primarily with corporations and financial institutions. Index credit derivatives are included in the following country risk exposure table. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable/payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a specific country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net Counterparty Exposure column based on the country of the CDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable/payable is reflected in the Net Inventory column based on the country of the underlying reference entity.

Top Ten Non-U.S. Country Exposures at September 30, 2018

United Kingdom

$ in millions Sovereigns Non-sovereigns Total

Net inventory 1

$ (594 ) $ 1,958 $ 1,364

Net counterparty exposure 2

8,129 8,129

Loans

1,894 1,894

Lending commitments

5,702 5,702

Exposure before hedges

(594 ) 17,683 17,089

Hedges 3

(355 ) (1,550 ) (1,905)

Net exposure

$ (949 ) $ 16,133 $ 15,184

Japan

$ in millions Sovereigns Non-sovereigns Total

Net inventory 1

$ 7,266 $ 120 $ 7,386

Net counterparty exposure 2

43 3,199 3,242

Loans

Lending commitments

Exposure before hedges

7,309 3,319 10,628

Hedges 3

(118 ) (114 ) (232)

Net exposure

$ 7,191 $ 3,205 $ 10,396

Spain

$ in millions Sovereigns Non-sovereigns Total

Net inventory 1

$ (101 ) $ (49 ) $ (150)

Net counterparty exposure 2

115 115

Loans

1,894 1,894

Lending commitments

4,110 4,110

Exposure before hedges

(101 ) 6,070 5,969

Hedges 3

(199 ) (199)

Net exposure

$ (101 ) $ 5,871 $ 5,770

Brazil

$ in millions Sovereigns Non-sovereigns Total

Net inventory 1

$ 3,955 $ 98 $ 4,053

Net counterparty exposure 2

337 337

Loans

68 68

Lending commitments

279 279

Exposure before hedges

3,955 782 4,737

Hedges 3

(12 ) (18 ) (30)

Net exposure

$ 3,943 $ 764 $ 4,707

September 2018 Form 10-Q 36


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures LOGO

France
$ in millions Sovereigns Non-sovereigns Total

Net inventory 1

$ 66 $ 539 $ 605

Net counterparty exposure 2

1,813 1,813

Loans

284 284

Lending commitments

2,102 2,102

Exposure before hedges

66 4,738 4,804

Hedges 3

(56 ) (655 ) (711)

Net exposure

$ 10 $ 4,083 $ 4,093

China

$ in millions Sovereigns Non-sovereigns Total

Net inventory 1

$ 434 $ 1,082 $ 1,516

Net counterparty exposure 2

281 128 409

Loans

1,304 1,304

Lending commitments

630 630

Exposure before hedges

715 3,144 3,859

Hedges 3

(40 ) (10 ) (50)

Net exposure

$ 675 $ 3,134 $ 3,809

Netherlands

$ in millions Sovereigns Non-sovereigns Total

Net inventory 1

$ (77 ) $ 569 $ 492

Net counterparty exposure 2

732 732

Loans

1,540 1,540

Lending commitments

1,119 1,119

Exposure before hedges

(77 ) 3,960 3,883

Hedges 3

(32 ) (252 ) (284)

Net exposure

$ (109 ) $ 3,708 $ 3,599

Germany

$ in millions Sovereigns Non-sovereigns Total

Net inventory 1

$ (2,450 ) $ 684 $ (1,766)

Net counterparty exposure 2

476 1,746 2,222

Loans

947 947

Lending commitments

3,260 3,260

Exposure before hedges

(1,974 ) 6,637 4,663

Hedges 3

(510 ) (1,048 ) (1,558)

Net exposure

$ (2,484 ) $ 5,589 $ 3,105

Italy

$ in millions Sovereigns Non-sovereigns Total

Net inventory 1

$ 1,218 $ 642 $ 1,860

Net counterparty exposure 2

(16 ) 392 376

Loans

122 122

Lending commitments

410 410

Exposure before hedges

1,202 1,566 2,768

Hedges 3

16 (77 ) (61)

Net exposure

$ 1,218 $ 1,489 $ 2,707
Canada
$ in millions Sovereigns Non-sovereigns Total

Net inventory 1

$ (913 ) $ 246 $ (667)

Net counterparty exposure 2

35 1,845 1,880

Loans

60 60

Lending commitments

1,401 1,401

Exposure before hedges

(878 ) 3,552 2,674

Hedges 3

(149 ) (149)

Net exposure

$ (878 ) $ 3,403 $ 2,525

1.

Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions ( i.e. , bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on a notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for the fair value of any receivable or payable).

2.

Net counterparty exposure ( i.e ., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.

3.

Amounts represent CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures. Amounts are based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable. For a further description of the contractual terms for purchased credit protection and whether they may limit the effectiveness of our hedges, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Credit Exposure—Derivatives” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Credit Derivatives Included in Net Inventory

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018

Gross purchased protection

$ (77,227)

Gross written protection

76,461

Net exposure

$ (766)

As a market maker, we may transact in CDS positions to facilitate client trading. The previous table includes exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for those countries shown in the Top Ten Non-U.S. Country Exposures table.

Benefit of Collateral Received against Counterparty Credit

Exposure

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018

Counterparty credit exposure

Collateral 1

United Kingdom

U.K., U.S. and France $ 9,653

Germany

Germany and France 8,818

Other

U.S., Japan and France 15,448

1.

Collateral primarily consists of cash and government obligations.

Net counterparty exposure shown in the Top Ten Non-U.S. Country Exposures table is net of the benefit of collateral received shown in the previous table.

Country Risk Exposures Related to the U.K. At September 30, 2018, our country risk exposures in the U.K. included net exposures of $15,184 million as shown in the Top Ten Country Exposures table, and overnight deposits of $6,483 million. The $16,133 million of exposures to non-sovereigns were diversified across both names and

37 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures LOGO

sectors. Of these exposures, $4,928 million were to U.K.-focused counterparties that generate more than one-third of their revenues in the U.K., $4,591 million were to geographically diversified counterparties, and $4,706 million were to exchanges and clearinghouses.

Country Risk Exposures Related to Brazil .     At September 30, 2018, our country risk exposures in Brazil included net exposures of $4,707 million as shown in the Top Ten Country Exposures table. Our sovereign net exposures in Brazil were principally in the form of local currency government bonds held onshore to support client activity. The $764 million of exposures to non-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors.

Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events ( e.g. , fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets). We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities ( e.g ., sales and trading) and support and control groups ( e.g. , information technology and trade processing). For a further discussion about our operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Operational Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Model Risk

Model risk refers to the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to financial loss, poor business and strategic decision making, or damage to the Firm’s reputation. The risk inherent in a model is a function of the materiality, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions. Model risk is generated from the use of models impacting financial statements, regulatory filings, capital adequacy assessments and the formulation of strategy. For a further discussion about our model risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Model Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. For a further discussion about our liquidity risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Liquidity Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” herein.

Legal and Compliance Risk

Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, or loss to reputation that we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML and terrorist financing rules and regulations. For a further discussion about our legal and compliance risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Legal and Compliance Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 38


Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

Results of Review of Interim Financial Information

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of September 30, 2018, and the related condensed consolidated income statements and comprehensive income statements for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, and the cash flow statements and statements of changes in total equity for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “interim financial information”). Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying interim financial information for it to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheet of the Firm as of December 31, 2017, and the related consolidated income statement, comprehensive income statement, cash flow statement and statement of changes in total equity for the year then ended (not presented herein) included in the Firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K; and in our report dated February 27, 2018, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

Basis for Review Results

This interim financial information is the responsibility of the Firm’s management. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Firm in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

November 5, 2018

39 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Consolidated Income Statement s

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended
September 30, September 30,
in millions, except per share data 2018 2017 2018 2017

Revenues

Investment banking

$ 1,567 $ 1,380 $ 4,994 $ 4,455

Trading

2,752 2,704 9,815 8,870

Investments

136 167 409 495

Commissions and fees

932 937 3,144 2,997

Asset management

3,251 3,026 9,632 8,695

Other

298 200 748 628

Total non-interest revenues

8,936 8,414 28,742 26,140

Interest income

3,627 2,340 9,781 6,411

Interest expense

2,691 1,557 6,964 4,106

Net interest

936 783 2,817 2,305

Net revenues

9,872 9,197 31,559 28,445

Non-interest expenses

Compensation and benefits

4,310 4,169 13,845 12,887

Occupancy and equipment

351 330 1,033 990

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

559 522 1,795 1,556

Information processing and communications

513 459 1,487 1,320

Marketing and business development

152 128 471 419

Professional services

570 534 1,660 1,622

Other

566 573 1,888 1,719

Total non-interest expenses

7,021 6,715 22,179 20,513

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

2,851 2,482 9,380 7,932

Provision for income taxes

696 697 2,050 2,358

Income from continuing operations

2,155 1,785 7,330 5,574

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

(1 ) 6 (5 ) (21 )

Net income

$ 2,154 $ 1,791 $ 7,325 $ 5,553

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

42 10 108 85

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

$ 2,112 $ 1,781 $ 7,217 $ 5,468

Preferred stock dividends and other

93 93 356 353

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

$ 2,019 $ 1,688 $ 6,861 $ 5,115

Earnings per basic common share

Income from continuing operations

$ 1.19 $ 0.95 $ 3.99 $ 2.87

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(0.01 )

Earnings per basic common share

$ 1.19 $ 0.95 $ 3.99 $ 2.86

Earnings per diluted common share

Income from continuing operations

$ 1.17 $ 0.93 $ 3.92 $ 2.81

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(0.02 )

Earnings per diluted common share

$ 1.17 $ 0.93 $ 3.92 $ 2.79

Dividends declared per common share

$ 0.30 $ 0.25 $ 0.80 $ 0.65

Average common shares outstanding

Basic

1,697 1,776 1,719 1,789

Diluted

1,727 1,818 1,749 1,830

September 2018 Form 10-Q 40 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Table of Contents

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Three Months Ended

September 30,

Nine Months Ended

September 30,

$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Net income

$ 2,154 $ 1,791 $ 7,325 $ 5,553

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Foreign currency translation adjustments

$ (79 ) $ 61 $ (154 ) $ 223

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities

(171 ) 26 (707 ) 218

Pension, postretirement and other

5 16 4

Change in net debt valuation adjustment

(743 ) (149 ) 347 (323 )

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

$ (988 ) $ (62 ) $ (498 ) $ 122

Comprehensive income

$ 1,166 $ 1,729 $ 6,827 $ 5,675

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

42 10 108 85

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

(59 ) (6 ) 4 23

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley

$ 1,183 $ 1,725 $ 6,715 $ 5,567

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 41 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Consolidated Balance Sheets LOGO

(Unaudited)

At

September 30,

At

December 31,

$ in millions, except share data 2018 2017

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and due from banks

$ 36,641 $ 24,816

Interest bearing deposits with banks

22,638 21,348

Restricted cash

33,202 34,231

Trading assets at fair value ( $127,919 and $169,735 were pledged to various parties)

283,188 298,282

Investment securities (includes $57,232 and $55,203 at fair value)

82,568 78,802

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

69,086 84,258

Securities borrowed

142,489 124,010

Customer and other receivables

60,839 56,187

Loans:

Held for investment (net of allowance of $231 and $224)

98,330 92,953

Held for sale

11,653 11,173

Goodwill

6,680 6,597

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $2,995 and $2,730)

2,240 2,448

Other assets

15,963 16,628

Total assets

$ 865,517 $ 851,733

Liabilities

Deposits (includes $382 and $204 at fair value)

$ 175,185 $ 159,436

Trading liabilities at fair value

129,032 131,295

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $784 and $800 at fair value)

60,328 56,424

Securities loaned

11,833 13,592

Other secured financings (includes $4,554 and $3,863 at fair value)

10,057 11,271

Customer and other payables

191,026 191,510

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

17,093 17,157

Borrowings (includes $50,506 and $46,912 at fair value)

190,889 192,582

Total liabilities

785,443 773,267

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 11)

Equity

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

Preferred stock

8,520 8,520

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 ; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979 ; Shares outstanding: 1,725,792,278 and 1,788,086,805

20 20

Additional paid-in capital

23,664 23,545

Retained earnings

63,330 57,577

Employee stock trusts

2,797 2,907

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

(3,999 ) (3,060 )

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value ( 313,101,701 and 250,807,174 shares)

(12,832 ) (9,211 )

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

(2,797 ) (2,907 )

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

78,703 77,391

Noncontrolling interests

1,371 1,075

Total equity

80,074 78,466

Total liabilities and equity

$ 865,517 $ 851,733

September 2018 Form 10-Q 42 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

(Unaudited)

LOGO

$ in millions

Preferred

Stock

Common

Stock

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

Retained

Earnings

Employee

Stock

Trusts

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

Common

Stock

Held in

Treasury

at Cost

Common

Stock

Issued to

Employee

Stock

Trusts

Non-

controlling

Interests

Total

Equity

Balance at December 31, 2017

$ 8,520 $ 20 $ 23,545 $ 57,577 $ 2,907 $ (3,060 ) $ (9,211 ) $ (2,907 ) $ 1,075 $ 78,466

Cumulative adjustment for accounting changes 1

306 (437 ) (131)

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

7,217 7,217

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

108 108

Dividends

(1,770 ) (1,770)

Shares issued under employee plans

119 (110 ) 759 110 878

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

(4,380 ) (4,380)

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

(502 ) 4 (498)

Other net increases

184 184

Balance at September 30, 2018

$ 8,520 $ 20 $ 23,664 $ 63,330 $ 2,797 $ (3,999 ) $ (12,832 ) $ (2,797 ) $ 1,371 $ 80,074

Balance at December 31, 2016

$ 7,520 $ 20 $ 23,271 $ 53,679 $ 2,851 $ (2,643 ) $ (5,797 ) $ (2,851 ) $ 1,127 $ 77,177

Cumulative adjustment for accounting changes 1

45 (35 ) 10

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

5,468 5,468

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

85 85

Dividends

(1,558 ) (1,558)

Shares issued under employee plans

79 48 844 (48 ) 923

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

(3,008 ) (3,008)

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

99 23 122

Issuance of preferred stock

1,000 (6 ) 994

Other net decreases

(99 ) (99)

Balance at September 30, 2017

$ 8,520 $ 20 $ 23,389 $ 57,554 $ 2,899 $ (2,544 ) $ (7,961 ) $ (2,899 ) $ 1,136 $ 80,114

1.

The cumulative adjustments relate to the adoption of certain accounting updates during the current and prior year periods. See Notes 2 and 14 for further information.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 43 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income

$ 7,325 $ 5,553

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

(Income) loss from equity method investments

(62 )

Stock-based compensation expense

743 775

Depreciation and amortization

1,375 1,340

(Release of) Provision for credit losses on lending activities

(27 ) 32

Other operating adjustments

35 (62)

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

10,039 (19,646)

Securities borrowed

(18,479 ) (7,656)

Securities loaned

(1,759 ) (214)

Customer and other receivables and other assets

(4,092 ) (7,930)

Customer and other payables and other liabilities

310 8,055

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

15,172 11,849

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

3,904 (645)

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

14,484 (8,549)

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from (payments for):

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software, net

(1,361 ) (1,177)

Changes in loans, net

(7,697 ) (9,350)

Investment securities:

Purchases

(16,836 ) (19,713)

Proceeds from sales

2,947 16,111

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities

9,126 5,378

Other investing activities

(245 ) (77)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

(14,066 ) (8,828)

Cash flows from financing activities

Net proceeds from (payments for):

Noncontrolling interests

(95 ) (43)

Other secured financings

(1,874 ) 1,400

Deposits

15,749 (1,224)

Proceeds from:

Derivatives financing activities

73

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

994

Issuance of Borrowings

34,233 46,121

Payments for:

Borrowings

(28,235 ) (25,097)

Derivatives financing activities

(73)

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

(4,380 ) (3,008)

Cash dividends

(1,788 ) (1,562)

Other financing activities

(248 ) (48)

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

13,362 17,533

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

(1,694 ) 3,406

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

12,086 3,562

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

80,395 77,360

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

$ 92,481 $ 80,922

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and due from banks

$ 36,641 $ 24,047

Interest bearing deposits with banks

22,638 24,144

Restricted cash

33,202 32,731

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

$ 92,481 $ 80,922

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

Cash payments for:

Interest

$ 6,818 $ 3,422

Income taxes, net of refunds

1,009 967

September 2018 Form 10-Q 44 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

The Firm

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Firm” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Acronyms” for definitions of certain acronyms used throughout this Form 10-Q.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Firm’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides investment banking, sales and trading, lending and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high to ultra-high net worth clients. Investment banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance. Sales and trading services include sales, financing, prime brokerage and market-making activities in equity and fixed income products, including foreign exchange and commodities. Lending services include originating and/or purchasing corporate loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to equities and commodities customers and municipalities. Other activities include investments and research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services, financial and wealth planning services, annuity and insurance products, credit and other lending products, banking and retirement plan services.

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products include equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative/other products. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are serviced through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.

Basis of Financial Information

The unaudited consolidated financial statements (“financial statements”) are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the Firm to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of legal and tax matters, allowance for credit losses and other matters that affect its financial statements and related disclosures. The Firm believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of its financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods to conform to the current presentation.

The accompanying financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Firm’s financial statements and notes thereto included in the 2017 Form 10-K. Certain footnote disclosures included in the 2017 Form 10-K have been condensed or omitted from these financial statements as they are not required for interim reporting under U.S. GAAP. The financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

Consolidation

The financial statements include the accounts of the Firm, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest, including certain VIEs (see Note 12). For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated income statements (“income statements”). The portion of shareholders’ equity that is attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the consolidated balance sheets (“balance sheets”).

For a discussion of the Firm’s involvement with VIEs and its significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries, see Notes 1 and 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

45 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

2. Significant Accounting Policies

For a detailed discussion about the Firm’s significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (“current year period”), there were no significant revisions to the Firm’s significant accounting policies, other than for Carried Interest and the accounting updates adopted.

Carried Interest

The Firm is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees, and includes carried interest) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. Beginning January 1, 2018, when the Firm earns carried interest from funds as specified performance thresholds are met, that carried interest and any related general or limited partner interest is accounted for under the equity method of accounting and measured based on the Firm’s claim on the NAV of the fund at the reporting date, taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. Performance-based fees in the form of carried interest considered equity method investments are therefore outside the scope of the policies for revenue from contracts with customers discussed below. See Note 11 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

Accounting Updates Adopted

The Firm adopted the following accounting updates in the current year period. Prior period results are presented under previous policies. See Note 14 for a summary of the Retained earnings impacts of these and other minor adoptions effective in the current year period.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

On January 1, 2018, we adopted Revenue from Contracts with Customers using the modified retrospective method, which resulted in a net decrease to Retained earnings of $32 million, net of tax. Prior period amounts were not restated.

Our revised accounting policy in accordance with this adoption is effective January 1, 2018, and is discussed below.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when the promised goods or services are delivered to our customers, in an amount that is based on the consideration the Firm expects to receive in exchange for those goods or
services when such amounts are not probable of significant reversal.

Investment Banking

Revenue from investment banking activities consists of revenues earned from underwriting primarily equity and fixed income securities and advisory fees for mergers, acquisitions, restructuring and advisory assignments.

Underwriting revenues are generally recognized on trade date if there is no uncertainty or contingency related to the amount to be paid. Underwriting costs are deferred and recognized in the relevant non-interest expenses line items when the related underwriting revenues are recorded.

Advisory fees are recognized as advice is provided to the client, based on the estimated progress of work and when the revenue is not probable of a significant reversal. Advisory costs are recognized as incurred in the relevant non-interest expenses line items, including when reimbursed.

Commissions and Fees

Commission and fee revenues result from transaction-based arrangements in which the client is charged a fee for the execution of transactions. Such revenues primarily arise from transactions in equity securities; services related to sales and trading activities; and sales of mutual funds, alternative funds, futures, insurance products and options. Commission and fee revenues are recognized on trade date when the performance obligation is satisfied.

Asset Management Revenues

Asset management, distribution and administration fees are generally based on related asset levels being managed, such as the AUM of a customer’s account, or the net asset value of a fund. These fees are generally recognized when services are performed and the fees become known. Management fees are reduced by estimated fee waivers and expense caps, if any, provided to the customer.

Performance-based fees not in the form of carried interest are recorded when the annual performance target is met and the revenue is not probable of a significant reversal. Performance-based fees in the form of carried interest are considered equity method investments and are therefore outside the scope of these policies for revenue from contracts with customers.

Sales commissions paid by the Firm in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets and amortized to expense over the expected life of the contract.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 46


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

The Firm periodically tests deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. Other asset management and distribution costs are recognized as incurred in the relevant non-interest expenses line items.

Other Items

Revenue from commodities-related contracts is recognized as the promised goods or services are delivered to the customer.

Receivables from contracts with customers are recognized in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets when the underlying performance obligations have been satisfied and the Firm has the right per the contract to bill the customer. Contract assets are recognized in Other assets when the Firm has satisfied its performance obligations, but customer payment is conditional. Contract liabilities are recognized in Other liabilities when the Firm has collected payment from a customer based on the terms of the contract, but the underlying performance obligations are not yet satisfied.

For contracts with a term less than one year, incremental costs to obtain the contract are expensed as incurred. Revenues are not discounted when payment is expected within one year.

The Firm presents, net within revenues, all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Firm from a customer.

Derivatives and Hedging–Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities

This accounting update aims to better align the hedge accounting requirements with an entity’s risk management strategies and improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships. It also results in simplification of the application of hedge accounting related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The Firm early adopted this accounting update in the first quarter of 2018. Upon adoption, the Firm recorded a cumulative catch-up adjustment, decreasing Retained earnings by $99 million, net of tax. This adjustment represents the cumulative effect of applying the new rules from the inception of certain fair value hedges of the interest rate risk of our borrowings, in particular the provision allowing only the benchmark rate component of coupon cash flows to be hedged.

Effective January 1, 2018, in accordance with this adoption, the Firm has updated its accounting policies to permit the hedged item in a fair value hedge of interest rate risk to be defined as including only the benchmark

rate component of contractual coupon cash flows, and to allow for hedging part of the contractual term of the hedged instrument. The accounting policy also requires the entire gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate to be reported within AOCI.

In the current quarter, the Firm began designating interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain AFS securities. Consistent with the Firm’s existing fair value hedges of borrowings, the Firm uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships.

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset due to changes in the benchmark interest rate provide an offset of one another and are recorded in Interest income. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged asset is amortized to Interest income over the remaining life of the asset using the effective interest method.

Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

This accounting update, which the Firm elected to early adopt as of January 1, 2018, allows companies to reclassify from AOCI to Retained earnings the stranded tax effects associated with enactment of the Tax Act on December 22, 2017. These stranded tax effects resulted from the requirement to reflect the total amount of the remeasurement of and other adjustments to deferred tax assets and liabilities in 2017 in income from continuing operations, regardless of whether the deferred taxes were originally recorded in AOCI. Accordingly, as of January 1, 2018, the Firm recorded a net increase to Retained earnings as a result of the reclassification of $443 million of such stranded tax effects previously recorded in AOCI, which were primarily the result of the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities associated with the change in tax rates.

Aside from the above treatment related to the Tax Act, the Firm releases stranded tax effects from AOCI into earnings once the related category of instruments or transactions giving rise to these effects no longer exists. For further detail on the tax effects reclassified, refer to Note 14 to the financial statements.

Goodwill

The Firm completed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of July 1, 2018. The Firm’s impairment testing did not indicate any goodwill impairment, as each of the Firm’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

47 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

3. Fair Values

Fair Value Measurement

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Netting 1 Total

Assets at fair value

Trading assets:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

$ 25,578 $ 24,183 $ 5 $ $ 49,766

Other sovereign government
obligations

26,698 5,016 36 31,750

State and municipal securities

3,002 4 3,006

MABS

2,652 316 2,968

Loans and lending commitments 2

6,031 6,735 12,766

Corporate and other debt

21,722 710 22,432

Corporate equities 3

125,028 413 106 125,547

Derivative and other contracts:

Interest rate

1,883 156,753 1,029 159,665

Credit

5,740 416 6,156

Foreign exchange

72 63,647 10 63,729

Equity

3,206 45,505 1,207 49,918

Commodity and other

519 7,105 3,487 11,111

Netting 1

(4,417 ) (208,658 ) (1,003 ) (45,862 ) (259,940 )

Total derivative and other contracts

1,263 70,092 5,146 (45,862 ) 30,639

Investments 4

603 255 818 1,676

Physical commodities

226 226

Total trading assets 4

179,170 133,592 13,876 (45,862 ) 280,776

Investment securities— AFS

32,846 24,386 57,232

Intangible assets

3 3

Total assets at fair value

$ 212,016 $ 157,981 $ 13,876 $ (45,862 ) $ 338,011
At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Netting 1 Total

Liabilities at fair value

Deposits

$ $ 309 $ 73 $ $ 382

Trading liabilities:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

14,169 245 14,414

Other sovereign government
obligations

18,779 1,770 20,549

Corporate and other
debt

8,421 1 8,422

Corporate equities 3

59,630 178 13 59,821

Derivative and other contracts:

Interest rate

1,860 141,016 452 143,328

Credit

6,156 395 6,551

Foreign exchange

12 61,662 54 61,728

Equity

3,070 45,439 2,878 51,387

Commodity and other

659 8,255 1,467 10,381

Netting 1

(4,417 ) (208,658 ) (1,003 ) (33,471 ) (247,549 )

Total derivative and other contracts

1,184 53,870 4,243 (33,471 ) 25,826

Total trading liabilities

93,762 64,484 4,257 (33,471 ) 129,032

Securities sold under agreements to
repurchase

784 784

Other secured financings

4,382 172 4,554

Borrowings

46,886 3,620 50,506

Total liabilities at fair value

$ 93,762 $ 116,845 $ 8,122 $ (33,471 ) $ 185,258

September 2018 Form 10-Q 48


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Netting 1 Total

Assets at fair value

Trading assets:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

$ 22,077 $ 26,888 $ $ $ 48,965

Other sovereign government obligations

20,234 7,825 1 28,060

State and municipal securities

3,592 8 3,600

MABS

2,364 423 2,787

Loans and lending commitments 2

4,791 5,945 10,736

Corporate and other debt

16,837 701 17,538

Corporate equities 3

149,697 492 166 150,355

Derivative and other contracts:

Interest rate

472 178,704 1,763 180,939

Credit

7,602 420 8,022

Foreign exchange

58 53,724 15 53,797

Equity

1,101 40,359 3,530 44,990

Commodity and other

1,126 5,390 4,147 10,663

Netting 1

(2,088 ) (216,764 ) (1,575 ) (47,171 ) (267,598 )

Total derivative and other contracts

669 69,015 8,300 (47,171 ) 30,813

Investments 4

297 523 1,020 1,840

Physical commodities

1,024 1,024

Total trading assets 4

192,974 133,351 16,564 (47,171 ) 295,718

Investment securities—AFS

27,522 27,681 55,203

Intangible assets

3 3

Total assets at fair value

$ 220,496 $ 161,035 $ 16,564 $ (47,171 ) $ 350,924
At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Netting 1 Total

Liabilities at fair value

Deposits

$ $ 157 $ 47 $ $ 204

Trading liabilities:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

17,802 24 17,826

Other sovereign government obligations

24,857 2,016 26,873

Corporate and other debt

7,141 3 7,144

Corporate equities 3

52,653 82 22 52,757

Derivative and other contracts:

Interest rate

364 162,239 545 163,148

Credit

8,166 379 8,545

Foreign exchange

23 55,118 127 55,268

Equity

1,001 44,666 2,322 47,989

Commodity and other

1,032 5,156 2,701 8,889

Netting 1

(2,088 ) (216,764 ) (1,575 ) (36,717 ) (257,144 )

Total derivative and other contracts

332 58,581 4,499 (36,717 ) 26,695

Total trading liabilities

95,644 67,844 4,524 (36,717 ) 131,295

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

650 150 800

Other secured financings

3,624 239 3,863

Borrowings

43,928 2,984 46,912

Total liabilities at fair value

$ 95,644 $ 116,203 $ 7,944 $ (36,717 ) $ 183,074

MABS—Mortgage- and asset-backed securities

1.

For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Netting.” Positions classified within the same level that are with the same counterparty are netted within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

2.

For a further breakdown by type, see the following Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value table.

3.

For trading purposes, the Firm holds or sells short equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying sizes.

4.

Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured based on NAV per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Measured Based on Net Asset Value” herein.

Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Corporate

$ 9,489 $ 8,358

Residential real estate

912 799

Wholesale real estate

2,365 1,579

Total

$ 12,766 $ 10,736

Unsettled Fair Value of Futures Contracts 1

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Customer and other receivables, net

$ 660 $ 831

1.

These contracts are primarily Level 1, actively traded, valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are excluded from the previous recurring fair value tables.

For a description of the valuation techniques applied to the Firm’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. During the current year period, there were no significant revisions made to the Firm’s valuation techniques.

49 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2018 (“current quarter”) and September 30, 2017 (“prior year quarter”), the current year period and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 (“prior year period”). Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. The realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the

following tables do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Firm within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

Additionally, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the following tables herein may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs. Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the income statements.

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Current Quarter

$ in millions Beginning
Balance at
June 30, 2018
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Purchases 1 Sales and
Issuances 2
Settlements 1 Net
Transfers
Ending
Balance at
September 30,
2018
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)

Assets at Fair Value

Trading assets:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

$ $ $ 5 $ $ $ $ 5 $

Other sovereign government obligations

5 32 (2 ) 1 36

State and municipal securities

2 2 4

MABS

327 (1 ) 23 (46 ) (14 ) 27 316 (8)

Loans and lending commitments

6,923 17 2,076 (1,184 ) (777 ) (320 ) 6,735 12

Corporate and other debt

701 (4 ) 109 (153 ) (6 ) 63 710 9

Corporate equities

171 (7 ) 15 (50 ) (23 ) 106 5

Net derivative and other contracts 3 :

Interest rate

567 (3 ) 12 (9 ) (2 ) 12 577 24

Credit

(2 ) (39 ) 4 58 21 (41)

Foreign exchange

(26 ) (35 ) 2 15 (44 ) (9)

Equity

(1,535 ) (149 ) 29 (138 ) 84 38 (1,671 ) (132)

Commodity and other

2,032 (29 ) (11 ) (1 ) 29 2,020 (105)

Total net derivative and other contracts

1,036 (255 ) 45 (158 ) 141 94 903 (263)

Investments

941 5 72 (103 ) (97 ) 818 2

Liabilities at Fair Value

Deposits

$ 37 $ (2 ) $ $ 11 $ $ 23 $ 73 $ (2)

Trading liabilities:

Corporate and other debt

1 1

Corporate equities

24 (12 ) 3 (2 ) 13

Other secured financings

170 (2 ) 172 (2)

Borrowings

3,295 (56 ) 344 (81 ) 6 3,620 (55)

1.

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

2.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivatives and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

3.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 50


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Prior Year Quarter

$ in millions Beginning
Balance at June 30,
2017
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Purchases 1 Sales and
Issuances 2
Settlements 1 Net
Transfers
Ending
Balance at
September 30,
2017
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)

Assets at Fair Value

Trading assets:

Other sovereign government obligations

$ 100 $ 2 $ 86 $ (82 ) $ $ (2 ) $ 104 $ 1

State and municipal securities

9 4 (3 ) 10

MABS

264 4 52 (54 ) 8 274 1

Loans and lending commitments

4,864 25 1,772 (1,431 ) (236 ) (129 ) 4,865 17

Corporate and other debt

693 41 220 (241 ) (4 ) (21 ) 688 34

Corporate equities

500 (9 ) 24 (268 ) 49 296

Net derivative and other contracts 3 :

Interest rate

970 105 13 (29 ) 33 (16 ) 1,076 92

Credit

(305 ) (33 ) 7 (9 ) 35 2 (303 ) (33)

Foreign exchange

2 (59 ) 9 17 (47 ) (78 ) (50)

Equity

1,093 114 60 (77 ) 79 (38 ) 1,231 110

Commodity and other

1,509 158 1 (1 ) (112 ) (21 ) 1,534 45

Total net derivative and other contracts

3,269 285 90 (116 ) 52 (120 ) 3,460 164

Investments

946 (4 ) 13 (17 ) (16 ) 3 925 (5)

Liabilities at Fair Value

Deposits

$ 79 $ (1 ) $ $ 32 $ $ (6 ) $ 106 $ (1)

Trading liabilities:

Corporate and other debt

15 (2 ) (18 ) 9 8 (1)

Corporate equities

28 1 (10 ) 24 10 51 2

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

148 (1 ) 149 (1)

Other secured financings

244 (5 ) 2 (1 ) 250 (5)

Borrowings

2,646 (53 ) 679 (49 ) (726 ) 2,603 (47)

1.

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

2.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivatives and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

3.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.

51 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Current Year Period

$ in millions Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2017
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Purchases 1 Sales and
Issuances 2
Settlements 1 Net Transfers Ending
Balance at
September 30,
2018
Unrealized Gains
(Losses)

Assets at fair value

Trading assets:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

$ $ $ 5 $ $ $ $ 5 $

Other sovereign government obligations

1 35 36

State and municipal securities

8 3 (7 ) 4

MABS

423 88 73 (317 ) (16 ) 65 316 (6)

Loans and lending commitments

5,945 16 4,030 (978 ) (1,926 ) (352 ) 6,735 (8)

Corporate and other debt

701 51 276 (227 ) (8 ) (83 ) 710 16

Corporate equities

166 17 69 (134 ) (12 ) 106 14

Net derivative and other contracts 3 :

Interest rate

1,218 (46 ) 84 (38 ) (92 ) (549 ) 577 (47)

Credit

41 (17 ) 9 (40 ) 30 (2 ) 21 (20)

Foreign exchange

(112 ) 71 2 (48 ) 43 (44 ) 1

Equity 4

1,208 83 120 (1,052 ) 319 (2,349 ) (1,671 ) 19

Commodity and other

1,446 332 80 (18 ) 17 163 2,020 33

Total net derivative and other contracts

3,801 423 295 (1,196 ) 317 (2,737 ) 903 (14)

Investments

1,020 5 134 (209 ) (132 ) 818 5

Liabilities at fair value

Deposits

$ 47 $ 1 $ $ 27 $ (2 ) $ 2 $ 73 $ 1

Trading liabilities:

Corporate and other debt

3 (3 ) 1 1

Corporate equities

22 4 (12 ) 11 (4 ) 13 4

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

150 (150 )

Other secured financings

239 16 8 (18 ) (41 ) 172 16

Borrowings

2,984 156 1,275 (339 ) (144 ) 3,620 168

1.

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

2.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivative and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

3.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.

4.

During the current year period, the Firm transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 $2.4 billion of Equity Derivatives due to a reduction in the significance of the unobservable inputs relating to volatility.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 52


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Prior Year Period

$ in millions Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2016
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Purchases 1 Sales and
Issuances 2
Settlements 1 Net Transfers Ending
Balance at
September 30,
2017
Unrealized Gains
(Losses)

Assets at fair value

Trading assets:

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

$ 74 $ (1 ) $ $ (240 ) $ $ 167 $ $

Other sovereign government obligations

6 104 (5 ) (1 ) 104

State and municipal securities

250 3 6 (81 ) (168 ) 10

MABS

217 49 120 (120 ) (16 ) 24 274 13

Loans and lending commitments

5,122 88 2,470 (1,927 ) (964 ) 76 4,865 85

Corporate and other debt

475 67 437 (383 ) (7 ) 99 688 3

Corporate equities

446 8 74 (604 ) 372 296 3

Net derivative and other contracts 3 :

Interest rate

420 137 36 (42 ) 658 (133 ) 1,076 146

Credit

(373 ) (18 ) 6 (9 ) 96 (5 ) (303 ) (34)

Foreign exchange

(43 ) (92 ) 9 48 (78 ) (72)

Equity

184 168 816 (231 ) 209 85 1,231 277

Commodity and other

1,600 523 13 (21 ) (431 ) (150 ) 1,534 88

Total net derivative and other contracts

1,788 718 880 (303 ) 580 (203 ) 3,460 405

Investments

958 16 96 (44 ) (78 ) (23 ) 925 10

Liabilities at fair value

Deposits

$ 42 $ (2 ) $ $ 62 $ $ $ 106 $ (2)

Trading liabilities:

Corporate and other debt

36 (1 ) (55 ) 99 (73 ) 8

Corporate equities

35 (69 ) 27 58 51 (1)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

149 149 1

Other secured financings

434 (28 ) 54 (223 ) (43 ) 250 (21)

Borrowings

2,014 (142 ) 1,418 (328 ) (643 ) 2,603 (136)

1.

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

2.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivative and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

3.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.

Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following disclosures provide information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and their ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. For qualitative information on the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant unobservable inputs, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. There are no predictable relationships between multiple significant unobservable inputs attributable to a given valuation technique. A single amount is disclosed when there is no significant difference between the minimum, maximum and average.

Valuation Techniques and Sensitivity of Unobservable Inputs

Used in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

Recurring Fair Value Measurement

Balance / Range (Average 1 )
$ in millions, except inputs

At September 30, 2018

At December 31, 2017

Assets at Fair Value

MABS

$ 316 $ 423

Comparable pricing:

Bond price

0 to 100 points (34 points ) 0 to 95 points (26 points )

Loans and lending commitments

$ 6,735 $ 5,945

Margin loan model:

Discount rate

1% to 6% (2% ) 0% to 3% (1% )

Volatility skew

14% to 59% (27% ) 7% to 41% (22% )

Comparable pricing:

Loan price

56 to 105 points (97 points ) 55 to 102 points (95 points )

Corporate and other debt

$ 710 $ 701

Comparable pricing:

Bond price

0 to 100 points (62 points ) 3 to 134 points (59 points )

Discounted cash flow:

Recovery rate

20% 6% to 36% (27% )

Discount rate

15% to 25% (16% ) 7% to 20% (14% )

Option model:

At the money volatility

23% to 51% (34% ) 17% to 52% (52% )

Corporate equities

$ 106 $ 166

Comparable pricing:

Equity price

100% 100%

53 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Balance / Range (Average 1 )
$ in millions, except inputs At September 30, 2018 At December 31, 2017

Net derivative and other contracts 2 :

Interest rate

$ 577 $ 1,218

Option model:

IR volatility skew

27% to 95% (43% / 41%) 31% to 97% (41% / 47%)

Inflation volatility

26% to 66% (46% / 43%) 23% to 63% (44% / 41%)

IR curve

2% 2%

Credit

$ 21 $ 41

Comparable pricing:

Cash synthetic basis

8 to 9 points (9 points) 12 to 13 points (12 points)

Bond price

0 to 75 points (28 points) 0 to 75 points (25 points)

Credit spread

195 to 474 bps (349 bps) N/M

Correlation model:

Credit correlation

35% to 74% (48%) 38% to 100% (48%)

Foreign exchange 3

$ (44) $ (112)

Option model:

IR - FX correlation

53% to 57% (55% / 55%) 54% to 57% (56% / 56%)

IR volatility skew

27% to 95% (43% / 41%) 31% to 97% (41% / 47%)

Contingency probability

85% to 95% (93% / 95%) 95% to 100% (96% / 95%)

Equity 3

$ (1,671) $ 1,208

Option model:

At the money volatility

12% to 56% (34%) 7% to 54% (32%)

Volatility skew

-2% to 0% (-1%) -5% to 0% (-1%)

Equity correlation

5% to 99% (67%) 5% to 99% (76%)

FX correlation

-64% to 10% (-47%) -55% to 40% (36%)

IR correlation

-7% to 44% (15% /10%) -7% to 49% (18% / 20%)

Commodity and other

$ 2,020 $ 1,446

Option model:

Forward power price

$3 to $169 ($30) per MWh $4 to $102 ($31) per MWh

Commodity volatility

5% to 104% (15%) 7% to 205% (17%)

Cross-commodity correlation

5% to 99% (92%) 5% to 99% (92%)

Investments

$ 818 $ 1,020

Discounted cash flow:

WACC

8% to 15% (9%) 8% to 15% (9%)

Exit multiple

7 to 10 times (10 times) 8 to 11 times (10 times)

Market approach:

EBITDA multiple

3 to 23 times (13 times) 6 to 25 times (11 times)

Comparable pricing:

Equity price

25% to 100% (95%) 45% to 100% (92%)
Liabilities at Fair Value

Deposits

$ 73 $ 47

Option Model

At the money volatility

17% to 38% (20%) N/M

Volatility skew

0% N/M

Other secured financings

$ 172 $ 239

Discounted cash flow:

Funding spread

60 to 260 bps (160 bps) 39 to 76 bps (57 bps)

Option model:

Volatility skew

N/A -1%

At the money volatility

10% to 40% (26%) 10% to 40% (26%)

Balance / Range (Average 1 )

$ in millions, except inputs At September 30, 2018 At December 31, 2017

Borrowings

$ 3,620 $ 2,984

Option model:

At the money volatility

5% to 35% (23%) 5% to 35% (22%)

Volatility skew

-2% to 0% (0%) -2% to 0% (0%)

Equity correlation

38% to 98% (75%) 39% to 95% (86%)

Equity - FX correlation

-75% to 50% (-28%) -55% to 10% (-18%)
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement

Loans

$ 1,096 $ 924

Corporate loan model:

Credit spread

96 to 400 bps (160 bps) 93 to 563 bps (239 bps)

Expected recovery:

Asset coverage

N/M 95% to 99% (95%)

Points—Percentage of par

IR—Interest rate

FX—Foreign exchange

1.

Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are more relevant.

2.

CVA and FVA are included in the balance but excluded from the Valuation Technique(s) and Significant Unobservable Inputs. CVA is a Level 3 input when the underlying counterparty credit curve is unobservable. FVA is a Level 3 input in its entirety given the lack of observability of funding spreads in the principal market.

3.

Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks ( i.e. , hybrid products).

For a description of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs and related sensitivity, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. During the current year period, there were no significant revisions made to the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs.

Measured Based on Net Asset Value

At September 30, 2018 At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Carrying
Value
Commitment Carrying
Value
Commitment

Private equity

$ 1,568 $ 328 $ 1,674 $ 308

Real estate

749 168 800 183

Hedge 1

95 4 90 4

Total

$ 2,412 $ 500 $ 2,564 $ 495

1.

Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up or gate provisions, which restrict an investor from withdrawing from the fund during a certain initial period or restrict the redemption amount on any redemption date, respectively.

For a description of the Firm’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds, which are measured based on NAV, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Amounts in the previous table represent the Firm’s carrying value of general and limited partnership interests in fund investments, as well as any related performance fees in the form of carried interest. The carrying amounts are measured based on the NAV of the fund taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. This same measurement applies whether investments are accounted for under the equity method or fair value.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 54


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

See Note 11 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received. See Note 19 for information regarding related performance fees at risk of reversal, including performance fees in the form of carried interest.

Nonredeemable Funds by Contractual Maturity

Carrying Value at September 30, 2018
$ in millions Private Equity Real Estate

Less than 5 years

$ 621 $ 408

5-10 years

816 313

Over 10 years

131 28

Total

$ 1,568 $ 749

Fair Value Option

The Firm elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models.

Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management

Equity

$ 25,049 $ 25,903

Interest rates

22,101 19,230

Foreign exchange

504 666

Credit

863 815

Commodities

1,989 298

Total

$ 50,506 $ 46,912

Earnings Impact of Borrowings under the Fair Value Option

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Trading revenues

$ 449 $ (964 ) $ 1,334 $ (3,484 )

Interest expense

(59 ) (107 ) (234 ) (338 )

Net revenues 1

$ 390 $ (1,071 ) $ 1,100 $ (3,822 )

1.

Amounts do not reflect any gains or losses on related hedging instruments.

Gains (losses) are mainly attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates, or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index.

Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk

Three Months Ended September 30,
2018 2017
$ in millions Trading
Revenues
OCI Trading
Revenues
OCI

Borrowings

$ (4 ) $ (1,010 ) $ 9 $ (226 )

Loans and other debt 1

55 49

Lending commitments 2

(6 )

Other

(32 ) 28 (3 )

Nine Months Ended September 30,
2018 2017
$ in millions Trading
Revenues
OCI Trading
Revenues
OCI

Borrowings

$ (22 ) $ 425 $ 1 $ (493 )

Loans and other debt 1

199 94

Lending commitments 2

(3 )

Other

(32 ) 32 (6 )

$ in millions

At

September 30, 2018

At

December 31, 2017

Cumulative pre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI

$ (1,374 ) $ (1,831 )

1.

Loans and other debt instrument-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses.

2.

Gains (losses) on lending commitments were generally determined based on the difference between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respective period-end.

Excess of Contractual Principal Amount Over Fair Value

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Loans and other debt 1

$ 12,809 $ 13,481

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status 1

10,678 11,253

Borrowings 2

1,438 71

1.

The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other debt relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.

2.

Borrowings in this table do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in a reference price or index.

Fair Value Loans on Nonaccrual Status

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Nonaccrual loans

$ 1,522 $ 1,240

Nonaccrual loans 90 or more days past due

$ 802 $ 779

The previous tables exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

55 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Carrying and Fair Values

At September 30, 2018
Fair Value
$ in millions Level 2 Level 3 1 Total

Assets

Loans

$ 1,460 $ 1,096 $ 2,556

Other assets—Other investments

15 36 51

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software

Total

$ 1,475 $ 1,132 $ 2,607

Liabilities

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments

$ 185 $ 48 $ 233

Total

$ 185 $ 48 $ 233
At December 31, 2017
Fair Value
$ in millions Level 2 Level 3 1 Total

Assets

Loans

$ 1,394 $ 924 $ 2,318

Other assets—Other investments

144 144

Total

$ 1,394 $ 1,068 $ 2,462

Liabilities

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments

$ 158 $ 38 $ 196

Total

$ 158 $ 38 $ 196

1.

For significant Level 3 balances, refer to “Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements” section herein for details of the significant unobservable inputs used for nonrecurring fair value measurement.

Gains (Losses) from Fair Value Remeasurements 1

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Assets

Loans 2

$ (5 ) $ $ 1 $ 41

Other assets—Other investments 3

(2 ) (6 ) (9 ) (6 )

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software 4

(3 ) (1 ) (13 ) (7 )

Total

$ (10 ) $ (7 ) $ (21 ) $ 28

Liabilities

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments 2

$ 31 $ 4 $ 41 $ 64

Total

$ 31 $ 4 $ 41 $ 64

1.

Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale, otherwise in Other expenses.

2.

Nonrecurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments were calculated as follows: for the held for investment category, based on the value of the underlying collateral; and for the held for sale category, based on recently executed transactions, market price quotations, valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and CDS spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

3.

Losses related to Other assets—Other investments were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models, methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies and recently executed transactions.

4.

Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software were determined using techniques that included a default recovery analysis and recently executed transactions.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 56


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions

Carrying

Value

Fair Value
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and due from banks

$ 36,641 $ 36,641 $ $ $ 36,641

Interest bearing deposits with banks

22,638 22,638 22,638

Restricted cash

33,202 33,202 33,202

Investment securities—HTM

25,336 12,757 10,883 442 24,082

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

69,086 69,026 69,026

Securities borrowed

142,489 142,433 142,433

Customer and other receivables 1

55,189 51,768 3,251 55,019

Loans 2

109,983 21,259 88,321 109,580

Other assets

483 483 483

Financial Liabilities

Deposits

$ 174,803 $ $ 174,764 $ $ 174,764

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

59,544 59,495 59,495

Securities loaned

11,833 11,909 11,909

Other secured financings

5,503 3,876 1,634 5,510

Customer and
other payables 1

188,054 188,054 188,054

Borrowings

140,383 145,076 30 145,106
At December 31, 2017

Carrying

Value

Fair Value
$ in millions Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and due from banks

$ 24,816 $ 24,816 $ $ $ 24,816

Interest bearing deposits with banks

21,348 21,348 21,348

Restricted cash

34,231 34,231 34,231

Investment securities— HTM

23,599 11,119 11,673 289 23,081

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

84,258 78,239 5,978 84,217

Securities borrowed

124,010 124,018 1 124,019

Customer and other receivables 1

51,269 47,159 3,984 51,143

Loans 2

104,126 21,290 82,928 104,218

Other assets

433 433 433

Financial Liabilities

Deposits

$ 159,232 $ $ 159,232 $ $ 159,232

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

55,624 51,752 3,867 55,619

Securities loaned

13,592 13,191 401 13,592

Other secured financings

7,408 5,987 1,431 7,418

Customer and
other payables 1

188,464 188,464 188,464

Borrowings

145,670 151,692 30 151,722

1.

Accrued interest and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.

2.

Amounts include loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

Lending Commitments—Held for Investment and Held for Sale

Commitment

Amount 1

Fair Value
$ in millions Level 2 Level 3 Total

September 30, 2018

$ 106,904 $ 702 $ 204 $ 906

December 31, 2017

100,151 620 174 794

1.

For further discussion on lending commitments, see Note 11.

The previous tables exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and all non-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the long-term relationships with the Firm’s deposit customers. During the current year period, there were no significant updates made to the Firm’s valuation techniques for financial instruments not measured at fair value.

57 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Derivative Fair Values

At September 30, 2018

Assets
$ in millions Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

$ 467 $ $ $ 467

Foreign exchange contracts

107 46 153

Total

574 46 620

Not designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

156,859 1,960 379 159,198

Credit contracts

4,446 1,710 6,156

Foreign exchange contracts

61,596 1,798 182 63,576

Equity contracts

26,522 23,396 49,918

Commodity and other contracts

8,975 2,136 11,111

Total

258,398 5,468 26,093 289,959

Total gross derivatives

$ 258,972 $ 5,514 $ 26,093 $ 290,579

Amounts offset

Counterparty netting

(190,040 ) (4,850 ) (24,242 ) (219,132 )

Cash collateral netting

(40,294 ) (514 ) (40,808 )

Total in Trading assets

$ 28,638 $ 150 $ 1,851 $ 30,639

Amounts not offset 1

Financial instruments collateral

(14,077 ) (14,077 )

Other cash collateral

(29 ) (29 )

Net amounts

$ 14,532 $ 150 $ 1,851 $ 16,533

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

$ 3,590
Liabilities
$ in millions

Bilateral

OTC

Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

$ 270 $ 1 $ $ 271

Foreign exchange contracts

19 14 33

Total

289 15 304

Not designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

140,816 1,733 508 143,057

Credit contracts

4,452 2,099 6,551

Foreign exchange contracts

59,763 1,848 84 61,695

Equity contracts

28,920 22,467 51,387

Commodity and other contracts

8,308 2,073 10,381

Total

242,259 5,680 25,132 273,071

Total gross derivatives

$ 242,548 $ 5,695 $ 25,132 $ 273,375

Amounts offset

Counterparty netting

(190,040 ) (4,850 ) (24,242 ) (219,132 )

Cash collateral netting

(27,777 ) (640 ) (28,417 )

Total in Trading liabilities

$ 24,731 $ 205 $ 890 $ 25,826

Amounts not offset 1

Financial instruments collateral

(4,729 ) (143 ) (4,872 )

Other cash collateral

(33 ) (33 )

Net amounts

$ 19,969 $ 205 $ 747 $ 20,921

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

$ 5,763

At December 31, 2017

Assets
$ in millions Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

$ 1,057 $ $ $ 1,057

Foreign exchange contracts

57 6 63

Total

1,114 6 1,120

Not designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

177,948 1,700 234 179,882

Credit contracts

5,740 2,282 8,022

Foreign exchange contracts

52,878 798 58 53,734

Equity contracts

24,452 20,538 44,990

Commodity and other contracts

8,861 1,802 10,663

Total

269,879 4,780 22,632 297,291

Total gross derivatives

$ 270,993 $ 4,786 $ 22,632 $ 298,411

Amounts offset

Counterparty netting

(201,051 ) (3,856 ) (19,861 ) (224,768 )

Cash collateral netting

(42,141 ) (689 ) (42,830 )

Total in Trading assets

$ 27,801 $ 241 $ 2,771 $ 30,813

Amounts not offset 1

Financial instruments collateral

(12,363 ) (12,363 )

Other cash collateral

(4 ) (4 )

Net amounts

$ 15,434 $ 241 $ 2,771 $ 18,446

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

$ 3,154
Liabilities
$ in millions

Bilateral

OTC

Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

$ 67 $ 1 $ $ 68

Foreign exchange contracts

72 57 129

Total

139 58 197

Not designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

161,758 1,178 144 163,080

Credit contracts

6,273 2,272 8,545

Foreign exchange contracts

54,191 925 23 55,139

Equity contracts

27,993 19,996 47,989

Commodity and other contracts

7,117 1,772 8,889

Total

257,332 4,375 21,935 283,642

Total gross derivatives

$ 257,471 $ 4,433 $ 21,935 $ 283,839

Amounts offset

Counterparty netting

(201,051 ) (3,856 ) (19,861 ) (224,768 )

Cash collateral netting

(31,892 ) (484 ) (32,376 )

Total in Trading liabilities

$ 24,528 $ 93 $ 2,074 $ 26,695

Amounts not offset 1

Financial instruments collateral

(5,523 ) (412 ) (5,935 )

Other cash collateral

(18 ) (14 ) (32 )

Net amounts

$ 18,987 $ 79 $ 1,662 $ 20,728

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

$ 3,751

1.

Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 58


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
LOGO

See Note 3 for information related to the unsettled fair value of futures contracts not designated as accounting hedges, which are excluded from the previous tables.

Derivative Notionals

At September 30, 2018

Assets
$ in billions Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

$ 16 $ 8 $ $ 24

Foreign exchange contracts

5 1 6

Total

21 9 30

Not designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

5,359 7,067 1,206 13,632

Credit contracts

139 71 210

Foreign exchange contracts

2,160 91 18 2,269

Equity contracts

433 406 839

Commodity and other contracts

95 64 159

Total

8,186 7,229 1,694 17,109

Total gross derivatives

$ 8,207 $ 7,238 $ 1,694 $ 17,139

Liabilities
$ in billions Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

$ 2 $ 153 $ $ 155

Foreign exchange contracts

3 1 4

Total

5 154 159

Not designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

5,317 6,361 710 12,388

Credit contracts

146 79 225

Foreign exchange contracts

2,155 87 17 2,259

Equity contracts

462 578 1,040

Commodity and other contracts

77 62 139

Total

8,157 6,527 1,367 16,051

Total gross derivatives

$ 8,162 $ 6,681 $ 1,367 $ 16,210

At December 31, 2017

Assets
$ in billions Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

$ 20 $ 46 $ $ 66

Foreign exchange contracts

4 4

Total

24 46 70

Not designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

3,999 6,458 2,714 13,171

Credit contracts

194 100 294

Foreign exchange contracts

1,960 67 9 2,036

Equity contracts

397 334 731

Commodity and other contracts

86 72 158

Total

6,636 6,625 3,129 16,390

Total gross derivatives

$ 6,660 $ 6,671 $ 3,129 $ 16,460
Liabilities
$ in billions Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total

Designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

$ 2 $ 102 $ $ 104

Foreign exchange contracts

4 2 6

Total

6 104 110

Not designated as accounting hedges

Interest rate contracts

4,199 6,325 1,089 11,613

Credit contracts

226 80 306

Foreign exchange contracts

2,014 78 51 2,143

Equity contracts

394 405 799

Commodity and other contracts

68 61 129

Total

6,901 6,483 1,606 14,990

Total gross derivatives

$ 6,907 $ 6,587 $ 1,606 $ 15,100

The Firm believes that the notional amounts of derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

For information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions, see Note 6. For a discussion of the Firm’s derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Gains (Losses) on Accounting Hedges

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Fair Value Hedges—Recognized in Interest Expense

Interest rate contracts

$ (1,124 ) $ (218 ) $ (3,584 ) $ (878 )

Borrowings

1,124 175 3,563 670

Net Investment Hedges—Foreign exchange contracts

Recognized in OCI

$ 107 $ (88 ) $ 354 $ (340 )

Forward points excluded from hedge effectiveness testing—Recognized in Interest income

13 (3 ) 44 (22 )

Fair Value Hedges—Hedged Items

$ in millions At September 30,
2018

Investment Securities—AFS 1

Carrying amount 2 currently or previously hedged

$ 86

Borrowings

Carrying amount 2 currently or previously hedged

$ 103,269

Basis adjustments included in carrying amount 3

$ (3,744 )

1.

In the current quarter, the Firm began designating interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of certain AFS securities. Amounts recognized in interest income and basis adjustments related to AFS securities were not material.

2.

Carrying amount represents amortized cost basis.

3.

Hedge accounting basis adjustments for Borrowings are primarily related to outstanding hedges.

Credit Risk-Related Contingencies

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Firm may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade of the Firm.

59 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Net derivative liabilities with credit
risk-related contingent features

$ 16,081 $ 20,675

Collateral posted

12,745 16,642

The previous table presents the aggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for which the Firm has posted collateral in the normal course of business.

Incremental Collateral or Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018

One-notch downgrade

$ 429

Two-notch downgrade

325

Bilateral downgrade agreements included
in the amounts above 1

$ 653

1.

Amount represents arrangements between the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global Ratings. The previous table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts

The Firm enters into credit derivatives, principally CDS, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Firm’s counterparties for these derivatives are banks, broker-dealers, and insurance and other financial institutions.

For further information on credit derivatives and other credit contracts, see Note 4 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Protection Sold and Purchased with CDS

At September 30, 2018
Fair Value (Asset)/Liability Notional
$ in millions Protection
Sold
Protection
Purchased
Protection
Sold
Protection
Purchased

Single name

$ (326 ) $ 469 $ 111,848 $ 127,114

Index and basket

159 (67 ) 81,810 94,320

Tranched index and basket

(207 ) 367 6,844 12,738

Total

$ (374 ) $ 769 $ 200,502 $ 234,172

At December 31, 2017
Fair Value (Asset)/Liability Notional
$ in millions Protection
Sold
Protection
Purchased
Protection
Sold
Protection
Purchased

Single name

$ (1,277) $ 1,658 $ 146,948 $ 164,773

Index and basket

(341 ) 209 131,073 120,348

Tranched index and basket

(342 ) 616 11,864 24,498

Total

$ (1,960) $ 2,483 $ 289,885 $ 309,619

Maximum Potential Payout/Notional of Credit Protection Sold 1

Years to maturity at September 30, 2018
$ in millions < 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total

Single name CDS

Investment grade

$ 24,275 $ 25,802 $ 17,512 $ 9,721 $ 77,310

Non-investment grade

11,777 12,006 8,743 2,012 34,538

Total

$ 36,052 $ 37,808 $ 26,255 $ 11,733 $ 111,848

Index and basket CDS

Investment grade

$ 6,594 $ 8,975 $ 22,203 $ 16,832 $ 54,604

Non-investment grade

5,300 6,884 9,727 12,139 34,050

Total

$ 11,894 $ 15,859 $ 31,930 $ 28,971 $ 88,654

Total CDS sold

$ 47,946 $ 53,667 $ 58,185 $ 40,704 $ 200,502

Other credit contracts

129 129

Total credit protection sold

$ 47,946 $ 53,667 $ 58,185 $ 40,833 $ 200,631

CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased

$ 186,961

Years to maturity at December 31, 2017
$ in millions < 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total

Single name CDS

Investment grade

$ 39,721 $ 42,591 $ 18,157 $ 8,872 $ 109,341

Non-investment grade

14,213 16,293 6,193 908 37,607

Total

$ 53,934 $ 58,884 $ 24,350 $ 9,780 $ 146,948

Index and basket CDS

Investment grade

$ 29,046 $ 15,418 $ 37,343 $ 6,807 $ 88,614

Non-investment grade

5,246 7,371 32,417 9,289 54,323

Total

$ 34,292 $ 22,789 $ 69,760 $ 16,096 $ 142,937

Total CDS sold

$ 88,226 $ 81,673 $ 94,110 $ 25,876 $ 289,885

Other credit contracts

2 134 136

Total credit protection sold

$ 88,228 $ 81,673 $ 94,110 $ 26,010 $ 290,021

CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased

$ 274,473

September 2018 Form 10-Q 60


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Fair Value (Asset)/Liability of Credit Protection Sold 1

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Single name CDS

Investment grade

$ (387 ) $ (1,167)

Non-investment grade

61 (110)

Total

$ (326 ) $ (1,277)

Index and basket CDS

Investment grade

$ (683 ) $ (1,091)

Non-investment grade

635 408

Total

$ (48 ) $ (683)

Total CDS sold

$ (374 ) $ (1,960)

Other credit contracts

21 16

Total credit protection sold

$ (353 ) $ (1,944)

1.

Investment grade/non-investment grade determination is based on the internal credit rating of the reference obligation.

The fair value amounts as shown in the previous table are prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. Internal credit ratings serve as the Credit Risk Management Department’s assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.

5. Investment Securities

AFS and HTM Securities

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value

AFS securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities

$ 33,093 $ $ 1,026 $ 32,067

U.S. agency securities 1

20,368 14 658 19,724

Total U.S. government and agency securities

53,461 14 1,684 51,791

Corporate and other debt:

Agency CMBS

1,198 1 70 1,129

Non-agency CMBS

465 18 447

Corporate bonds

1,402 34 1,368

State and municipal securities

200 200

CLO

262 262

FFELP student loan ABS 2

2,027 15 7 2,035

Total corporate and other debt

5,554 16 129 5,441

Total AFS securities

59,015 30 1,813 57,232

HTM securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities

13,387 630 12,757

U.S. agency securities 1

11,500 617 10,883

Total U.S. government and agency securities

24,887 1,247 23,640

Corporate and other debt:

Non-agency CMBS

449 1 8 442

Total HTM securities

25,336 1 1,255 24,082

Total investment securities

$ 84,351 $ 31 $ 3,068 $ 81,314
At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

AFS debt securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities

$ 26,842 $ $ 589 $ 26,253

U.S. agency securities 1

22,803 28 247 22,584

Total U.S. government and agency securities

49,645 28 836 48,837

Corporate and other debt:

Agency CMBS

1,370 2 49 1,323

Non-agency CMBS

1,102 8 1,094

Corporate bonds

1,379 5 12 1,372

CLO

398 1 399

FFELP student loan ABS 2

2,165 15 7 2,173

Total corporate and other debt

6,414 23 76 6,361

Total AFS debt securities

56,059 51 912 55,198

AFS equity securities

15 10 5

Total AFS securities

56,074 51 922 55,203

HTM securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities

11,424 305 11,119

U.S. agency securities 1

11,886 7 220 11,673

Total U.S. government and agency securities

23,310 7 525 22,792

Corporate and other debt:

Non-agency CMBS

289 1 1 289

Total HTM securities

23,599 8 526 23,081

Total investment securities

$ 79,673 $ 59 $ 1,448 $ 78,284

1.

U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and CMOs.

2.

Underlying loans are backed by a guarantee, ultimately from the U.S. Department of Education, of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest outstanding.

61 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position

At September 30, 2018
Less than 12 Months 12 Months or Longer Total
$ in millions Fair Value Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value Gross
Unrealized
Losses

AFS securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities

$ 26,238 $ 858 $ 5,284 $ 168 $ 31,522 $ 1,026

U.S. agency securities

13,615 525 2,604 133 16,219 658

Total U.S. government and agency securities

39,853 1,383 7,888 301 47,741 1,684

Corporate and other debt:

Agency CMBS

828 70 828 70

Non-agency CMBS

224 7 223 11 447 18

Corporate bonds

725 14 521 20 1,246 34

FFELP student loan ABS

881 7 881 7

Total corporate and other debt

2,658 98 744 31 3,402 129

Total AFS securities

42,511 1,481 8,632 332 51,143 1,813

HTM securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities

3,102 44 9,655 586 12,757 630

U.S. agency securities

2,373 73 8,510 544 10,883 617

Total U.S. government and agency securities

5,475 117 18,165 1,130 23,640 1,247

Corporate and other debt:

Non-agency CMBS

195 5 68 3 263 8

Total HTM securities

5,670 122 18,233 1,133 23,903 1,255

Total investment securities

$ 48,181 $ 1,603 $ 26,865 $ 1,465 $ 75,046 $ 3,068
At December 31, 2017
Less than 12 Months 12 Months or Longer Total
$ in millions Fair Value Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value Gross
Unrealized
Losses

AFS debt securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities

$ 21,941 $ 495 $ 4,287 $ 94 $ 26,228 $ 589

U.S. agency securities

12,673 192 2,513 55 15,186 247

Total U.S. government and agency securities

34,614 687 6,800 149 41,414 836

Corporate and other debt:

Agency CMBS

930 49 930 49

Non-agency CMBS

257 1 559 7 816 8

Corporate bonds

316 3 389 9 705 12

FFELP student loan ABS

984 7 984 7

Total corporate and other debt

2,487 60 948 16 3,435 76

Total AFS debt securities

37,101 747 7,748 165 44,849 912

AFS equity securities

5 10 5 10

Total AFS securities

37,101 747 7,753 175 44,854 922

HTM securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities

6,608 86 4,512 219 11,120 305

U.S. agency securities

2,879 24 7,298 196 10,177 220

Total U.S. government and agency securities

9,487 110 11,810 415 21,297 525

Corporate and other debt:

Non-agency CMBS

124 1 124 1

Total HTM securities

9,611 111 11,810 415 21,421 526

Total investment securities

$ 46,712 $ 858 $ 19,563 $ 590 $ 66,275 $ 1,448

September 2018 Form 10-Q 62


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

The Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that are other-than-temporarily impaired after performing the analysis described in Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. For AFS debt securities, the Firm does not intend to sell the securities and is not likely to be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. Furthermore, for AFS and HTM debt securities, the securities have not experienced credit losses as the net unrealized losses reported in the previous table are primarily due to higher interest rates since those securities were purchased.

See Note 12 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, CLO and FFELP student loan ABS.

Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Amortized
Cost
Fair Value Annualized
Average
Yield

AFS securities

U.S. government and agency securities:

U.S. Treasury securities:

Due within 1 year

$ 3,447 $ 3,432 1.3%

After 1 year through 5 years

27,517 26,734 1.9%

After 5 years through 10 years

2,129 1,901 1.4%

Total

33,093 32,067

U.S. agency securities:

Due within 1 year

473 467 1.0%

After 1 year through 5 years

806 789 1.2%

After 5 years through 10 years

1,718 1,644 1.8%

After 10 years

17,371 16,824 2.1%

Total

20,368 19,724

Total U.S. government and agency securities

53,461 51,791 1.9%

Corporate and other debt:

Agency CMBS:

Due within 1 year

3 3 0.9%

After 1 year through 5 years

384 382 1.3%

After 5 years through 10 years

40 41 1.2%

After 10 years

771 703 1.6%

Total

1,198 1,129

Non-agency CMBS:

After 5 years through 10 years

36 34 2.5%

After 10 years

429 413 2.4%

Total

465 447

Corporate bonds:

Due within 1 year

70 70 1.7%

After 1 year through 5 years

1,270 1,237 2.4%

After 5 years through 10 years

62 61 3.4%

Total

1,402 1,368

State and municipal securities:

After 1 year through 5 years

200 200 3.5%

Total

200 200

CLO:

After 5 years through 10 years

64 64 1.5%

After 10 years

198 198 2.4%

Total

262 262
At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Amortized
Cost
Fair Value Annualized
Average
Yield

FFELP student loan ABS:

After 1 year through 5 years

84 83 0.8%

After 5 years through 10 years

319 316 0.8%

After 10 years

1,624 1,636 1.2%

Total

2,027 2,035

Total corporate and other debt

5,554 5,441 1.8%

Total AFS securities

59,015 57,232 1.9%

HTM securities

U.S. government securities:

U.S. Treasury securities:

Due within 1 year

2,126 2,118 1.2%

After 1 year through 5 years

5,423 5,303 2.0%

After 5 years through 10 years

5,112 4,725 1.9%

After 10 years

726 611 2.3%

Total

13,387 12,757

U.S. agency securities:

After 5 years through 10 years

31 30 1.9%

After 10 years

11,469 10,853 2.6%

Total

11,500 10,883

Total U.S. government and agency securities

24,887 23,640 2.2%

Corporate and other debt:

Non-agency CMBS:

Due within 1 year

68 68 3.5%

After 1 year through 5 years

61 61 4.4%

After 5 years through 10 years

301 295 4.0%

After 10 years

19 18 4.0%

Total corporate and other debt

449 442 4.0%

Total HTM securities

25,336 24,082 2.2%

Total investment securities

$ 84,351 $ 81,314 2.0%

Gross Realized Gains (Losses) on Sales of AFS Securities

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Gross realized gains

$ 5 $ 11 $ 11 $ 38

Gross realized (losses)

(3 ) (11 )

Total 1

$ 5 $ 11 $ 8 $ 27

1.

Gross realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the income statements.

63 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

6. Collateralized Transactions

The Firm enters into securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance its inventory positions. For further discussion of the Firm’s collateralized transactions, see Note 6 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Offsetting of Certain Collateralized Transactions

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Gross
Amounts

Amounts

Offset

Net

Amounts
Presented

Amounts

Not Offset 1

Net
Amounts

Assets

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

$ 212,796 $ (143,710 ) $ 69,086 $ (63,821 ) $ 5,265

Securities borrowed

161,903 (19,414 ) 142,489 (136,940 ) 5,549

Liabilities

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$ 204,038 $ (143,710 ) $ 60,328 $ (52,421 ) $ 7,907

Securities loaned

31,247 (19,414 ) 11,833 (11,664 ) 169

Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

$ 3,640

Securities borrowed

1,377

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

6,074

Securities loaned

142
At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Gross
Amounts
Amounts
Offset
Net
Amounts
Presented

Amounts

Not Offset 1

Net
Amounts

Assets

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

$ 199,044 $ (114,786 ) $ 84,258 $ (78,009 ) $ 6,249

Securities borrowed

133,431 (9,421 ) 124,010 (119,358 ) 4,652

Liabilities

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$ 171,210 $ (114,786 ) $ 56,424 $ (48,067 ) $ 8,357

Securities loaned

23,014 (9,422 ) 13,592 (13,271 ) 321

Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

$ 5,687

Securities borrowed

572

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

6,945

Securities loaned

307

1.

Amounts relate to master netting agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 4.

Maturities and Collateral Pledged

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Remaining Contractual Maturity

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions

Overnight

and Open

Less than

30 Days

30-90

Days

Over

90 Days

Total

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$ 69,184 $ 59,181 $ 32,727 $ 42,946 $ 204,038

Securities loaned

19,930 3,698 1,733 5,886 31,247

Total included in the offsetting disclosure

$ 89,114 $ 62,879 $ 34,460 $ 48,832 $ 235,285

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

18,727 18,727

Total

$ 107,841 $ 62,879 $ 34,460 $ 48,832 $ 254,012
At December 31, 2017
$ in millions

Overnight

and Open

Less than

30 Days

30-90

Days

Over

90 Days

Total

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$ 41,332 $ 66,593 $ 28,682 $ 34,603 $ 171,210

Securities loaned

12,130 873 1,577 8,434 23,014

Total included in the offsetting disclosure

$ 53,462 $ 67,466 $ 30,259 $ 43,037 $ 194,224

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

22,555 22,555

Total

$ 76,017 $ 67,466 $ 30,259 $ 43,037 $ 216,779

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Class of Collateral Pledged

$ in millions

At

September 30,

2018

At

December 31,
2017

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

$ 54,625 $ 43,346

State and municipal securities

1,516 2,451

Other sovereign government obligations

115,046 87,141

ABS

2,257 1,130

Corporate and other debt

8,142 7,737

Corporate equities

21,756 28,497

Other

696 908

Total

$ 204,038 $ 171,210

Securities loaned

Other sovereign government obligations

$ 19,850 $ 9,489

Corporate equities

11,270 13,174

Other

127 351

Total

$ 31,247 $ 23,014

Total included in the offsetting disclosure

$ 235,285 $ 194,224

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

Corporate equities

$ 18,727 $ 22,555

Total

$ 254,012 $ 216,779

September 2018 Form 10-Q 64


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Assets Pledged

The Firm pledges its trading assets and loans to collateralize securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned, other secured financings and derivatives, and cover customer short sales. Counterparties may or may not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral.

Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the balance sheets.

Carrying Value of Assets Loaned or Pledged without

Counterparty Right to Sell or Repledge

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Trading assets

$ 31,347 $ 31,324

Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses)

570 228

Total

$ 31,917 $ 31,552

Collateral Received

The Firm receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed, securities-for-securities transactions, derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions.

Fair Value of Collateral Received with Right to Sell or Repledge

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Collateral received with right to sell or repledge

$ 658,309 $ 599,244

Collateral that was sold or repledged 1

505,108 475,113

1.

Does not include securities used to meet federal regulations for the Firm’s broker-dealers.

Customer Margin Lending and Other

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Net customer receivables representing margin loans

$ 33,821 $ 32,112

The Firm provides margin lending arrangements which allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Customer receivables representing margin loans are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets. Under these agreements and transactions, the Firm receives collateral, including U.S. government and

agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activities are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Firm. The Firm monitors required margin levels and established credit terms daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary.

For a further discussion of the Firm’s margin lending activities, see Note 6 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

The Firm has additional secured liabilities. For a further discussion of other secured financings, see Note 10.

Restricted Cash and Segregated Securities

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Restricted cash

$ 33,202 $ 34,231

Segregated securities 1

25,820 20,549

Total

$ 59,022 $ 54,780

1.

Securities segregated under federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the balance sheets.

7. Loans, Lending Commitments and Allowance for Credit Losses

Loans

The Firm’s loans held for investment are recorded at amortized cost, and its loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value in the balance sheets. For a further description of these loans, refer to Note 7 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. See Note 3 for further information regarding Loans and lending commitments held at fair value. See Note 11 for details of current commitments to lend in the future.

Loans by Type

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Loans Held
for Investment
Loans Held
for Sale
Total Loans

Corporate loans

$ 35,439 $ 10,035 $ 45,474

Consumer loans

28,321 28,321

Residential real estate loans

26,644 29 26,673

Wholesale real estate loans

8,157 1,589 9,746

Total loans, gross

98,561 11,653 110,214

Allowance for loan losses

(231 ) (231)

Total loans, net

$ 98,330 $ 11,653 $ 109,983

Fixed rate loans, net

$ 15,263

Floating or adjustable rate loans, net

94,720

Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net

14,346

65 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Loans Held
for Investment
Loans Held
for Sale
Total Loans

Corporate loans

$ 29,754 $ 9,456 $ 39,210

Consumer loans

26,808 26,808

Residential real estate loans

26,635 35 26,670

Wholesale real estate loans

9,980 1,682 11,662

Total loans, gross

93,177 11,173 104,350

Allowance for loan losses

(224 ) (224 )

Total loans, net

$ 92,953 $ 11,173 $ 104,126

Fixed rate loans, net

$ 13,339

Floating or adjustable rate loans, net

90,787

Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net

9,977

Credit Quality

For a further discussion about the Firm’s evaluation of credit transactions, monitoring and credit quality indicators, as well as factors considered by the Firm in determining the allowance for loan losses and impairments, see Notes 2 and 7 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Loans Held for Investment before Allowance by Credit Quality

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Corporate Consumer

Residential

Real Estate

Wholesale

Real Estate

Total

Pass

$ 35,062 $ 28,316 $ 26,563 $ 7,625 $ 97,566

Special mention

108 5 360 473

Substandard

268 81 172 521

Doubtful

1 1

Loss

Total

$ 35,439 $ 28,321 $ 26,644 $ 8,157 $ 98,561

At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Corporate Consumer

Residential

Real Estate

Wholesale

Real Estate

Total

Pass

$ 29,166 $ 26,802 $ 26,562 $ 9,480 $ 92,010

Special mention

188 6 200 394

Substandard

393 73 300 766

Doubtful

7 7

Loss

Total

$ 29,754 $ 26,808 $ 26,635 $ 9,980 $ 93,177

Impaired Loans and Lending Commitments before Allowance

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Corporate Residential
Real Estate
Total

Loans

With allowance

$ 23 $ $ 23

Without allowance 1

42 60 102

Total impaired loans

$ 65 $ 60 $ 125

UPB

71 61 132

Lending Commitments

With allowance

$ 21 $ $ 21

Without allowance 1

24 24
At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Corporate Residential
Real Estate
Total

Loans

With allowance

$ 16 $ $ 16

Without allowance 1

118 45 163

Total impaired loans

$ 134 $ 45 $ 179

UPB

146 46 192

Lending Commitments

Without allowance 1

$ 199 $ $ 199

1.

At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, no allowance was recorded for these loans and lending commitments as the present value of the expected future cash flows (or, alternatively, the observable market price of the instrument or the fair value of the collateral held) equaled or exceeded the carrying value.

Loans and lending commitments in the previous table have been evaluated for a specific allowance. All remaining loans and lending commitments are assessed under the inherent allowance methodology.

Impaired Loans and Total Allowance by Region

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Americas EMEA Asia Total

Impaired loans

$ 125 $ $ $ 125

Total Allowance for loan losses

192 38 1 231
At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Americas EMEA Asia Total

Impaired loans

$ 160 $ 9 $ 10 $ 179

Total Allowance for loan losses

194 27 3 224

Troubled Debt Restructurings

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Loans

$ 46 $ 51

Lending commitments

37 28

Allowance for loan losses and lending commitments

4 10

Impaired loans and lending commitments classified as held for investment within corporate loans include TDRs as shown in the previous table. These restructurings typically include modifications of interest rates, collateral requirements, other loan covenants and payment extensions.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 66


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Allowance for Loan Losses Rollforward

$ in millions Corporate Consumer Residential
Real Estate
Wholesale
Real Estate
Total

December 31, 2017

$ 126 $ 4 $ 24 $ 70 $ 224

Gross charge-offs

(4 ) (4 )

Recoveries 1

54 54

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

50 50

Provision (release) 1, 2

(39 ) 1 (4 ) 9 (33 )

Other

(2 ) (8 ) (10 )

September 30, 2018

$ 135 $ 5 $ 20 $ 71 $ 231

Inherent

$ 130 $ 5 $ 20 $ 71 $ 226

Specific

5 5

$ in millions Corporate Consumer Residential
Real Estate
Wholesale
Real Estate
Total

December 31, 2016

$ 195 $ 4 $ 20 $ 55 $ 274

Gross charge-offs

(75 ) (75 )

Recoveries

1 1

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

(74 ) (74 )

Provision (release) 2

26 4 12 42

Other

2 1 3

September 30, 2017

$ 149 $ 4 $ 24 $ 68 $ 245

Inherent

$ 142 $ 4 $ 24 $ 68 $ 238

Specific

7 7

1. The current year period release was primarily due to the recovery of a previously charged off energy industry related loan.

2. The Firm recorded a provision of $1 million and $13 million for loan losses in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively.

Allowance for Lending Commitments Rollforward

$ in millions Corporate Consumer Residential
Real Estate
Wholesale
Real Estate
Total

December 31, 2017

$ 194 $ 1 $ $ 3 $ 198

Provision (release) 1

5 1 6

Other

(2 ) (1 ) (3 )

September 30, 2018

$ 197 $ 1 $ $ 3 $ 201

Inherent

$ 190 $ 1 $ $ 3 $ 194

Specific

7 7

$ in millions Corporate Consumer Residential
Real Estate
Wholesale
Real Estate
Total

December 31, 2016

$ 185 $ 1 $ $ 4 $ 190

Provision (release) 1

(10 ) (10 )

Other

1 1

September 30, 2017

$ 176 $ 1 $ $ 4 $ 181

Inherent

$ 173 $ 1 $ $ 4 $ 178

Specific

3 3

1.

The Firm recorded a provision of $1 million, and release of $6 million for lending commitments in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively.

Employee Loans

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Balance

$ 3,491 $ 4,185

Allowance for loan losses

(70 ) (77 )

Balance, net

$ 3,421 $ 4,108

Repayment term range, in years

1 to 20 1 to 20

Employee loans are granted in conjunction with a program established to retain and recruit certain employees, are full recourse and generally require periodic repayments. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets. The Firm establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable, and the related provision is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

8. Equity Method Investments

Overview

Equity method investments other than certain investments in funds are summarized below and included in Other assets in the balance sheets with related income or loss included in Other revenues in the income statements. See the Measured Based on Net Asset Value table in Note 3 for the carrying value of the Firm’s fund interests, which are comprised of general and limited partnership interests, as well as any related performance-based fees in the form of carried interest.

Equity Method Investment Balances

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Investments

$ 2,452 $ 2,623

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Income (loss)

$ 8 $ $ 62 $

Japanese Securities Joint Venture

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Income from investment in MUMSS

$ 17 $ 25 $ 99 $ 96

Included in the equity method investments is the Firm’s 40% voting interest in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) holds a 60% voting interest. The Firm accounts for its equity method investment in MUMSS within the Institutional Securities business segment.

67 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

9. Deposits

Deposits

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Savings and demand deposits

$ 143,962 $ 144,487

Time deposits

31,223 14,949

Total

$ 175,185 $ 159,436

Deposits subject to FDIC insurance

$ 134,872 $ 127,017

Time deposits that equal or exceed the FDIC insurance limit

$ 12 $ 38

Time Deposit Maturities

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018

2018

$ 7,238

2019

12,519

2020

7,879

2021

1,569

2022

631

Thereafter

1,387

10. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

Borrowings

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Original maturities of one year or less

$ 940 $ 1,519

Original maturities greater than one year

Senior

$ 180,136 $ 180,835

Subordinated

9,813 10,228

Total

$ 189,949 $ 191,063

Total borrowings

$ 190,889 $ 192,582

Weighted average stated maturity, in years 1

6.6 6.6

1.

Includes only borrowings with original maturities greater than one year.

Other Secured Financings

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to certain ELNs, transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, pledged commodities, consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets. See Note 12 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

Other Secured Financings by Original Maturity and Type

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Original maturities:

Greater than one year

$ 7,840 $ 8,685

One year or less

1,555 2,034

Failed sales

662 552

Total

$ 10,057 $ 11,271

Failed Sales

For transfers that fail to meet the accounting criteria for a sale, the Firm continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets at fair value, and the Firm recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings at fair value in the balance sheets.

The assets transferred to certain unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. The related liabilities are also non-recourse to the Firm. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Firm has the right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

11. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

Commitments

Years to Maturity at September 30, 2018
$ in millions

Less

than 1

1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total

Lending:

Corporate

$ 13,345 $ 32,893 $ 46,671 $ 7,805 $ 100,714

Consumer

7,074 11 7,085

Residential real estate

83 13 253 349

Wholesale real estate

129 530 659

Forward-starting secured financing receivables

82,818 1,181 83,999

Investment activities

517 100 47 257 921

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees

184 1 39 224

Total

$ 104,067 $ 33,607 $ 46,742 $ 9,535 $ 193,951

Corporate lending commitments participated to third parties

$ 7,620

Forward-starting secured financing receivables
settled within three business days

$ 77,520

Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

For a further description of these commitments, refer to Note 12 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 68


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Guarantees

Obligations under Guarantee Arrangements at September 30, 2018

Maximum Potential Payout/Notional
Years to Maturity
$ in millions Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total

Credit derivatives

$ 47,946 $ 53,667 $ 58,185 $ 40,704 $ 200,502

Other credit contracts

129 129

Non-credit derivatives

1,870,310 1,471,732 405,669 648,797 4,396,508

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued 1

1,009 913 1,452 4,908 8,282

Market value guarantees

16 101 24 141

Liquidity facilities

3,994 3,994

Whole loan sales guarantees

1 23,215 23,216

Securitization representations and warranties

63,208 63,208

General partner guarantees

4 52 338 34 428

$ in millions Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
Collateral/
Recourse

Credit derivatives 2

$ (374 ) $

Other credit contracts

21

Non-credit derivatives 2

40,951

Standby letters of credit and other
financial guarantees issued 1

(234 ) 6,717

Market value guarantees

3

Liquidity facilities

(6 ) 6,459

Whole loan sales guarantees

9

Securitization representations and warranties

62

General partner guarantees

73

1.

These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties, totaling $0.6 billion of notional and collateral/recourse, due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

2.

Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 4.

The Firm has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Firm for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the Firm sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the Firm may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Firm under a derivative contract.

For more information on the nature of the obligation and related business activity for market value guarantees, liquidity facilities, whole loan sales guarantees and general partner guarantees related to certain investment management funds, as well as the other products in the previous table, see Note 12 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities

In the normal course of business, the Firm provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications related to indemnities, exchange/clearinghouse member guarantees and merger and acquisition guarantees are described in Note 12 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Firm guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the financial statements.

Finance Subsidiary

The Parent Company fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by Morgan Stanley Finance LLC, a 100%-owned finance subsidiary.

Contingencies

Legal . In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisis-related matters.

69 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Firm expects that it will continue to be the subject of elevated claims for damages and other relief and, while the Firm has identified below any individual proceedings where the Firm believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Firm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Firm, styled China Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al. , which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million CDS referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Firm misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Firm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the CDS with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the CDS, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On June 27, 2018, the Firm filed a motion for summary judgment and spoliation sanctions against CDIB. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX (MSM 2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc. , pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On August 22, 2013, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on November 24, 2014. On August 13, 2018, the Firm filed a motion to renew its motion to dismiss. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 70


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS 2007-1 Ltd. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the NIMS breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court denied on January 19, 2017. On September 13, 2018, the Appellate Division, First Department, affirmed the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $126 million, the unpaid balance of these notes, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future.

On September 23, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On September 13, 2018, the Appellate Division, First Department, affirmed in part and reversed in part the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss. On October 15, 2018, the plaintiff filed a motion for leave to appeal the decision of the Appellate Division, First Department, to the New York Court of Appeals or, in the alternative, for reargument. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and FGIC that the Firm did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future. In addition, plaintiff is seeking to expand

the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. , pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 11, 2016, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of that order, and the appeal was fully briefed on August 19, 2016. On October 19, 2018, the court granted the Firm’s motion for leave to amend its answer and to stay the case pending resolution of Deutsche Bank National Trust Company’s appeal to the New York Court of Appeals in another case. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and a monoline insurer that the Firm did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

In matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353 , the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) is challenging, in the District Court in Amsterdam, the prior set-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $144 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax credits against the Firm’s corporation tax liabilities for the tax years 2007 to 2013. The Dutch Authority alleges that the Firm was not entitled to receive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, that a Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securities subject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. The Dutch Authority has also alleged that the Firm failed to provide certain information to the Dutch Authority and keep adequate books and records. A hearing took place in this matter on September 19, 2017. On April 26, 2018, the District Court in Amsterdam issued a decision dismissing the Dutch Authority’s claims. On June 6, 2018, the Dutch Authority filed an appeal against the decision issued by the District Court in Amsterdam. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that

71 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately €124 million (approximately $144 million) plus accrued interest.

12. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

Overview

For a discussion of the Firm’s VIEs, the determination and structure of VIEs and securitization activities, see Note 13 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Consolidated VIEs

Assets and Liabilities by Type of Activity

At September 30, 2018 At December 31, 2017
$ in millions

VIE Assets

VIE Liabilities VIE Assets VIE Liabilities

OSF

$ 273 $ $ 378 $ 3

MABS 1

66 44 249 210

Other 2

2,234 834 1,174 250

Total

$ 2,573 $ 878 $ 1,801 $ 463

OSF—Other structured financings

1.

Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets. The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs as the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.

2.

Other primarily includes investment funds, certain operating entities and structured transactions. At September 30, 2018, Other includes the consolidation of a fund managed by Mesa West Capital, LLC, which was acquired in the first quarter of 2018.

Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and due from banks

$ 99 $ 69

Restricted cash

170 222

Trading assets at fair value

1,712 833

Customer and other receivables

22 19

Goodwill

18 18

Intangible assets

134 155

Other assets

418 485

Total

$ 2,573 $ 1,801

Liabilities

Other secured financings

$ 845 $ 438

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

33 25

Total

$ 878 $ 463

Noncontrolling interests

$ 437 $ 189

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. Most assets owned by consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. Most related liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Firm. In certain other consolidated VIEs,

the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

In general, the Firm’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE net assets recognized in its financial statements, net of amounts absorbed by third-party variable interest holders.

Non-consolidated VIEs

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions

MABS

CDO MTOB OSF Other

VIE assets (UPB)

$ 73,812 $ 15,427 $ 6,314 $ 3,457 $ 20,199

Maximum exposure to loss

Debt and equity interests

$ 8,598 $ 1,505 $ 17 $ 1,579 $ 5,006

Derivative and other contracts

3,994 1,756

Commitments, guarantees and other

863 630 139 327

Total

$ 9,461 $ 2,135 $ 4,011 $ 1,718 $ 7,089

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

Debt and equity interests

$ 8,598 $ 1,505 $ 17 $ 1,166 $ 5,006

Derivative and other contracts

6 70

Total

$ 8,598 $ 1,505 $ 23 $ 1,166 $ 5,076

Additional VIE assets owned 1

$ 12,231

At December 31, 2017
$ in millions

MABS

CDO MTOB OSF Other

VIE assets (UPB)

$ 89,288 $ 9,807 $ 5,306 $ 3,322 $ 31,934

Maximum exposure to loss

Debt and equity interests

$ 10,657 $ 1,384 $ 80 $ 1,628 $ 4,730

Derivative and other contracts

3,333 1,686

Commitments, guarantees and other

1,214 668 164 433

Total

$ 11,871 $ 2,052 $ 3,413 $ 1,792 $ 6,849

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

Debt and equity interests

$ 10,657 $ 1,384 $ 43 $ 1,202 $ 4,730

Derivative and other contracts

5 184

Total

$ 10,657 $ 1,384 $ 48 $ 1,202 $ 4,914

Additional VIE assets owned 1

$ 11,318

MTOB—Municipal tender option bonds

1.

Additional VIE Assets owned represents the carrying value of total exposure to non-consolidated VIEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds, primarily interests issued by securitization SPEs.

Most of the VIEs included in the previous tables are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Firm’s involvement generally

September 2018 Form 10-Q 72


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

is the result of its secondary market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5) and certain investments in funds.

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Firm’s variable interest in the VIE and is limited to:

notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities;

other credit support;

total return swaps;

written put options; and

fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Firm has made in the VIE.

Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying the maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect changes in fair value recorded by the Firm.

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss presented in the previous table does not include:

offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Firm may utilize to hedge these risks associated with its variable interests; and

any reductions associated with the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Firm.

The Firm’s primary risk exposure related to additional VIE assets owned is to the most subordinate class of beneficial interest, which are typically acquired by the Firm in the secondary market and generally issued by SPEs sponsored by unrelated parties. These assets, which generally consist of MABS, CDO, MTOB and other exposure, are primarily included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt, Trading assets—Investments or AFS securities within its Investment securities portfolio and are measured at fair value (see Note 3). The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the assets owned.

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securitization Assets

At September 30, 2018 At December 31, 2017
$ in millions UPB

Debt and
Equity

Interests

UPB Debt and
Equity
Interests

Residential mortgages

$ 9,299 $ 923 $ 15,636 $ 1,272

Commercial mortgages

39,554 1,289 46,464 2,331

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations

14,176 2,822 16,223 3,439

Other consumer or commercial loans

10,783 3,564 10,965 3,615

Total

$ 73,812 $ 8,598 $ 89,288 $ 10,657

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions RML CML

U.S. Agency
CMO

CLN and

Other 1

SPE assets (UPB) 2

$ 14,775 $ 66,829 $ 14,793 $ 17,101

Retained interests

Investment grade

$ 18 $ 492 $ 850 $ 14

Non-investment grade
(fair value)

3 119 359

Total

$ 21 $ 611 $ 850 $ 373

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

Investment grade

$ 7 $ 141 $ 71 $

Non-investment grade

51 47

Total

$ 58 $ 188 $ 71 $

Derivative assets (fair value)

$ $ $ $ 140

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

136

At December 31, 2017
$ in millions

RML

CML

U.S. Agency
CMO

CLN and

Other 1

SPE assets (UPB) 2

$ 15,555 $ 62,744 $ 11,612 $ 17,060

Retained interests

Investment grade

$ $ 293 $ 407 $ 4

Non-investment grade (fair value)

1 98 478

Total

$ 1 $ 391 $ 407 $ 482

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

Investment grade

$ $ 94 $ 439 $

Non-investment grade

16 66 4

Total

$ 16 $ 160 $ 439 $ 4

Derivative assets (fair value)

$ 1 $ $ $ 226

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

85

RML—Residential mortgage loans

CML—Commercial mortgage loans

1.

Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.

2.

Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

73 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Fair Value at September 30, 2018
$ in millions

Level 2

Level 3 Total

Retained interests

Investment grade

$ 868 $ 56 $ 924

Non-investment grade

139 342 481

Total

$ 1,007 $ 398 $ 1,405

Interests purchased in the secondary market

Investment grade

$ 208 $ 11 $ 219

Non-investment grade

88 10 98

Total

$ 296 $ 21 $ 317

Derivative assets

$ 28 $ 112 $ 140

Derivative liabilities

133 3 136

Fair Value at December 31, 2017
$ in millions

Level 2

Level 3 Total

Retained interests

Investment grade

$ 407 $ 4 $ 411

Non-investment grade

22 555 577

Total

$ 429 $ 559 $ 988

Interests purchased in the secondary market

Investment grade

$ 531 $ 2 $ 533

Non-investment grade

57 29 86

Total

$ 588 $ 31 $ 619

Derivative assets

$ 78 $ 149 $ 227

Derivative liabilities

81 4 85

The previous tables include transactions with SPEs in which the Firm, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment.

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the income statements. The Firm may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by these securitization vehicles, for which Investment banking revenues are recognized. The Firm may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are generally carried at fair value in the balance sheets with changes in fair value recognized in the income statements.

Proceeds from New Securitization Transactions and Sales of Loans

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions

2018

2017 2018 2017

New transactions 1

$ 7,299 $ 6,875 $ 19,056 $ 17,622

Retained interests

584 648 2,222 1,607

Sales of corporate loans to CLO SPEs 1, 2

17 56 253 148

1.

Net gains on new transactions and sales of corporate loans to CLO entities at the time of the sale were not material for all periods presented.

2.

Sponsored by non-affiliates.

The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 11).

Assets Sold with Retained Exposure

$ in millions At September 30,
2018
At December 31,
2017

Carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale and gross cash proceeds

$ 28,121 $ 19,115

Fair value

Assets sold

$ 28,820 $ 19,138

Derivative assets recognized in the balance sheets

826 176

Derivative liabilities recognized in the balance sheets

127 153

The Firm retains the exposure to the securities as shown in the previous table. The Firm enters into transactions in which it sells equity securities and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC equity derivatives with the purchasers of the securities.

13. Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework and Requirements

For a discussion of the Firm’s regulatory capital framework, see Note 14 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

The Firm is required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital ratios under the regulatory capital requirements. A summary of the calculations of regulatory capital, RWA and transition provisions follows.

The Firm’s risk-based capital ratios for purposes of determining regulatory compliance are the lower of the capital ratios computed under (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”).

Minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital). Certain adjustments to and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in AOCI and investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, by 2019 the Firm will be subject to the following buffers:

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

The Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and

September 2018 Form 10-Q 74


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB, currently set by U.S. banking agencies at zero.

In 2018, each of the buffers is 75% of the 2019 requirement noted above (during 2017, the buffers were 50%). Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on the Firm’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

For a further discussion of the Firm’s calculation of risk-based capital ratios, see Note 14 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

The Firm’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Required
Ratio 1
Amount Ratio

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

8.6% $ 61,758 16.7%

Tier 1 capital

10.1% 70,328 19.0%

Total capital

12.1% 79,899 21.6%

Total RWA

370,714

Leverage-based capital

Tier 1 leverage

4.0% $ 70,328 8.2%

Adjusted average assets 2

858,944

SLR 3

5.0% 70,328 6.4%

Supplementary leverage exposure 4

1,101,263

At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Required
Ratio 1
Amount Ratio 5

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

7.3% $ 61,134 16.5%

Tier 1 capital

8.8% 69,938 18.9%

Total capital

10.8% 80,275 21.7%

Total RWA

369,578

Leverage-based capital

Tier 1 leverage

4.0% $ 69,938 8.3%

Adjusted average assets 2

842,270

1.

Percentages represent minimum required regulatory capital ratios—for risk-based capital, the ratios are under the transitional rules.

2.

Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the current quarter and the quarter ended December 31, 2017, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

3.

The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018.

4.

Supplementary Leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily (i) potential future exposure for derivative exposures, gross-up for cash collateral netting where qualifying criteria are not met, and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.

5.

For risk- and leverage-based capital, regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios calculated under the transitional rules until December 31, 2017.

At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Firm’s risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

The OCC establishes capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and evaluates their compliance with such capital requirements. Regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are calculated in a similar manner to the Firm’s regulatory capital requirements, although G-SIB capital surcharge requirements do not apply to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

The OCC’s regulatory capital framework includes Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”) standards, including “well-capitalized” PCA standards that are based on specified regulatory capital ratio minimums. For us to remain an FHC, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with the OCC’s PCA standards. In addition, failure by our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to meet minimum capital requirements may result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ and the Firm’s financial statements.

At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules and exceeded well-capitalized requirements.

MSBNA’s Regulatory Capital

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Required
Ratio 1
Amount Ratio

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

6.5% $ 15,683 20.4%

Tier 1 capital

8.0% 15,683 20.4%

Total capital

10.0% 15,933 20.7%

Leverage-based capital

Tier 1 leverage

5.0% $ 15,683 10.9%

SLR 2

6.0% 15,683 8.5%

At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Required
Ratio 1
Amount Ratio 3

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

6.5% $ 15,196 20.5%

Tier 1 capital

8.0% 15,196 20.5%

Total capital

10.0% 15,454 20.8%

Leverage-based capital

Tier 1 leverage

5.0% $ 15,196 11.8%

75 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

MSPBNA’s Regulatory Capital

At September 30, 2018
$ in millions Required
Ratio 1
Amount Ratio

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

6.5% $ 6,841 25.0%

Tier 1 capital

8.0% 6,841 25.0%

Total capital

10.0% 6,886 25.1%

Leverage-based capital

Tier 1 leverage

5.0% $ 6,841 9.7%

SLR 2

6.0% 6,841 9.4%

At December 31, 2017
$ in millions Required
Ratio 1
Amount Ratio 3

Risk-based capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

6.5% $ 6,215 24.4%

Tier 1 capital

8.0% 6,215 24.4%

Total capital

10.0% 6,258 24.6%

Leverage-based capital

Tier 1 leverage

5.0% $ 6,215 9.7%

1.

Ratios that are required in order to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.

2.

The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018.

3.

For risk- and leverage-based capital, regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios calculated under the transitional rules until December 31, 2017.

U.S. Broker-Dealer Regulatory Capital Requirements

MS&Co. Regulatory Capital

$ in millions At September 30, 2018 At December 31, 2017

Net capital

$ 12,627 $ 10,142

Excess net capital

10,253 8,018

MS&Co. is a registered U.S. broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and the CFTC. MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.

As an Alternative Net Capital broker-dealer, and in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule 15c3-1, MS&Co. is subject to minimum net capital and tentative net capital requirements. In addition, MS&Co. must notify the SEC if its tentative net capital falls below certain levels. At September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, MS&Co. has exceeded its net capital requirement and has tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

MSSB LLC Regulatory Capital

$ in millions At September 30, 2018 At December 31, 2017

Net capital

$ 3,030 $ 2,567

Excess net capital

2,864 2,400

MSSB LLC is a registered U.S. broker-dealer and introducing broker for the futures business and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC. MSSB LLC has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries

MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the PRA, and MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Firm are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

14. Total Equity

Share Repurchases

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Repurchases of common stock under the Firm’s share repurchase program

$ 1,180 $ 1,250 $ 3,680 $ 2,500

The Firm’s 2018 Capital Plan (“Capital Plan”) includes the share repurchase of up to $4.7 billion of outstanding common stock for the period beginning July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019. Additionally, the Capital Plan includes quarterly common stock dividends of up to $0.30 per share.

On April 18, 2018, the Firm entered into a sales plan with MUFG whereby MUFG sells shares of the Firm’s common stock to the Firm, as part of the Firm’s share repurchase program. The sales plan is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and will have no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and the Firm, including the joint ventures in Japan.

Preferred Stock

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Dividends declared

$ 93 $ 93 $ 356 $ 353

For a description of Series A through Series K preferred stock issuances, see Note 15 to the financial statements in the 2017

September 2018 Form 10-Q 76


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Form 10-K. The Firm is authorized to issue 30 million shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock has a preference over the common stock upon liquidation. The Firm’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 13).

Preferred Stock Outstanding

Shares
Outstanding
Carrying Value

$ in millions, except

per share data

At
September 30,
2018
Liquidation
Preference
per Share
At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Series

A

44,000 $ 25,000 $ 1,100 $ 1,100

C 1

519,882 1,000 408 408

E

34,500 25,000 862 862

F

34,000 25,000 850 850

G

20,000 25,000 500 500

H

52,000 25,000 1,300 1,300

I

40,000 25,000 1,000 1,000

J

60,000 25,000 1,500 1,500

K

40,000 25,000 1,000 1,000

Total

$ 8,520 $ 8,520

1.

Series C is composed of the issuance of 1,160,791 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to MUFG for an aggregate purchase price of $911 million, less the redemption of 640,909 shares of Series C Preferred Stock of $503 million, which were converted to common shares of approximately $705 million.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 1

$ in millions Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
AFS
Securities
Pension,
Postretirement
and Other
DVA Total

June 30, 2018

$ (864 ) $ (1,194 ) $ (704 ) $ (308 ) $ (3,070 )

OCI during the period

(54 ) (171 ) 5 (709 ) (929 )

September 30, 2018

$ (918 ) $ (1,365 ) $ (699 ) $ (1,017 ) $ (3,999 )

June 30, 2017

$ (856 ) $ (396 ) $ (470 ) $ (766 ) $ (2,488 )

OCI during the period

61 26 (143 ) (56 )

September 30, 2017

$ (795 ) $ (370 ) $ (470 ) $ (909 ) $ (2,544 )

December 31, 2017

$ (767 ) $ (547 ) $ (591 ) $ (1,155 ) $ (3,060 )

Cumulative adjustment for accounting changes 2

(8 ) (111 ) (124 ) (194 ) (437 )

OCI during the period

(143 ) (707 ) 16 332 (502 )

September 30, 2018

$ (918 ) $ (1,365 ) $ (699 ) $ (1,017 ) $ (3,999 )

December 31, 2016

$ (986 ) $ (588 ) $ (474 ) $ (595 ) $ (2,643 )

OCI during the period

191 218 4 (314 ) 99

September 30, 2017

$ (795 ) $ (370 ) $ (470 ) $ (909 ) $ (2,544 )

1.

Amounts net of tax and noncontrolling interests.

2.

The cumulative adjustment for accounting changes is primarily the effect of the adoption of the accounting update Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income . This adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2018 to reclassify certain income tax effects related to enactment of the Tax Act from AOCI to Retained earnings, primarily related to the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from the reduction in corporate income tax rate to 21%. See Note 2 for further information.

Components of Period Changes in OCI

Three Months Ended

September 30, 2018

$ in millions Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Income
Tax
Benefit
(Provision)
After-tax
Gain
(Loss)

Non-

controlling
Interests

Net

Foreign currency translation adjustments

OCI activity

$ (44 ) $ (35 ) $ (79 ) $ (25 ) $ (54)

Reclassified to earnings

Net OCI

$ (44 ) $ (35 ) $ (79 ) $ (25 ) $ (54)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

OCI activity

$ (219 ) $ 51 $ (168 ) $ $ (168)

Reclassified to earnings

(5 ) 2 (3 ) (3)

Net OCI

$ (224 ) $ 53 $ (171 ) $ $ (171)

Pension, postretirement and other

OCI activity

$ $ $ $ $

Reclassified to earnings

7 (2 ) 5 5

Net OCI

$ 7 $ (2 ) $ 5 $ $ 5

Change in net DVA

OCI activity

$ (1,018 ) $ 248 $ (770 ) $ (34 ) $ (736)

Reclassified to earnings

36 (9 ) 27 27

Net OCI

$ (982 ) $ 239 $ (743 ) $ (34 ) $ (709)

Three Months Ended

September 30, 2017

$ in millions Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Income
Tax
Benefit
(Provision)
After-tax
Gain
(Loss)

Non-

controlling
Interests

Net

Foreign currency translation adjustments

OCI activity

$ 19 $ 42 $ 61 $ $ 61

Reclassified to earnings

Net OCI

$ 19 $ 42 $ 61 $ $ 61

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

OCI activity

$ 52 $ (19 ) $ 33 $ $ 33

Reclassified to earnings

(11 ) 4 (7 ) (7)

Net OCI

$ 41 $ (15 ) $ 26 $ $ 26

Pension, postretirement and other

OCI activity

$ $ $ $ $

Reclassified to earnings

1 (1 )

Net OCI

$ 1 $ (1 ) $ $ $

Change in net DVA

OCI activity

$ (220 ) $ 77 $ (143 ) $ (6 ) $ (137)

Reclassified to earnings

(9 ) 3 (6 ) (6)

Net OCI

$ (229 ) $ 80 $ (149 ) $ (6 ) $ (143)

77 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Nine Months Ended

September 30, 2018 1

$ in millions Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Income
Tax Benefit
(Provision)
After-tax
Gain
(Loss)

Non-

controlling
Interests

Net

Foreign currency translation adjustments

OCI activity

$ (52 ) $ (102 ) $ (154 ) $ (11 ) $ (143)

Reclassified to earnings

Net OCI

$ (52 ) $ (102 ) $ (154 ) $ (11 ) $ (143)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

OCI activity

$ (916 ) $ 215 $ (701 ) $ $ (701)

Reclassified to earnings

(8 ) 2 (6 ) (6)

Net OCI

$ (924 ) $ 217 $ (707 ) $ $ (707)

Pension, postretirement and other

OCI activity

$ 2 $ $ 2 $ $ 2

Reclassified to earnings

19 (5 ) 14 14

Net OCI

$ 21 $ (5 ) $ 16 $ $ 16

Change in net DVA

OCI activity

$ 403 $ (97 ) $ 306 $ 15 $ 291

Reclassified to earnings

54 (13 ) 41 41

Net OCI

$ 457 $ (110 ) $ 347 $ 15 $ 332

Nine Months Ended

September 30, 2017

$ in millions Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Income
Tax Benefit
(Provision)
After-tax
Gain
(Loss)

Non-

controlling
Interests

Net

Foreign currency translation adjustments

OCI activity

$ 63 $ 160 $ 223 $ 32 $ 191

Reclassified to earnings

Net OCI

$ 63 $ 160 $ 223 $ 32 $ 191

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

OCI activity

$ 374 $ (139 ) $ 235 $ $ 235

Reclassified to earnings

(27 ) 10 (17 ) (17)

Net OCI

$ 347 $ (129 ) $ 218 $ $ 218

Pension, postretirement and other

OCI activity

$ 3 $ $ 3 $ $ 3

Reclassified to earnings

2 (1 ) 1 1

Net OCI

$ 5 $ (1 ) $ 4 $ $ 4

Change in net DVA

OCI activity

$ (498 ) $ 175 $ (323 ) $ (9 ) $ (314)

Reclassified to earnings

(1 ) 1

Net OCI

$ (499 ) $ 176 $ (323 ) $ (9 ) $ (314)

1.

Exclusive of 2018 cumulative adjustments related to the adoption of certain accounting updates in the current year period. Refer to the table below and Note 2 for further information.

Cumulative Adjustments to Retained Earnings Related to Adoption of Accounting Updates

$ in millions Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2018

Revenue from contracts with customers

$ (32 )

Derivatives and hedging-targeted improvements to accounting for hedging activities

(99 )

Reclassification of certain tax effects from AOCI

443

Other 1

(6 )

Total

$ 306

$ in millions Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2017

Improvements to employee share-based payment accounting 2

(30)

Intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory

(5)

Total

$ (35)

1.

Other includes the adoption of accounting updates related to Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (other than the provision around presenting unrealized DVA in OCI which the Firm early adopted in 2016) and Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets . The impact of these adoptions on Retained earnings was not significant.

2.

See Note 2 to the 2017 Form 10-K for further information.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 78


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

15. Earnings per Common Share

Calculation of Basic and Diluted EPS

Three Months Ended
September 30,

Nine Months Ended
September 30,
in millions, except for per share data 2018 2017 2018 2017

Basic EPS

Income from continuing operations

$ 2,155 $ 1,785 $ 7,330 $ 5,574

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(1 ) 6 (5 ) (21 )

Net income

2,154 1,791 7,325 5,553

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

42 10 108 85

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

2,112 1,781 7,217 5,468

Preferred stock dividends and other

93 93 356 353

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

$ 2,019 $ 1,688 $ 6,861 $ 5,115

Weighted average common shares outstanding

1,697 1,776 1,719 1,789

Earnings per basic common share

Income from continuing operations

$ 1.19 $ 0.95 $ 3.99 $ 2.87

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(0.01 )

Earnings per basic common share

$ 1.19 $ 0.95 $ 3.99 $ 2.86

Diluted EPS

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

$ 2,019 $ 1,688 $ 6,861 $ 5,115

Weighted average common shares outstanding

1,697 1,776 1,719 1,789

Effect of dilutive securities:

Stock options and RSUs

30 42 30 41

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

1,727 1,818 1,749 1,830

Earnings per diluted common share

Income from continuing operations

$ 1.17 $ 0.93 $ 3.92 $ 2.81

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(0.02 )

Earnings per diluted common share

$ 1.17 $ 0.93 $ 3.92 $ 2.79

Weighted average antidilutive RSUs and stock options (excluded from the computation of diluted EPS)

1 1

16. Interest Income and Interest Expense

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Interest income

Investment securities

$ 440 $ 313 $ 1,281 $ 943

Loans

1,085 853 3,097 2,399

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed 1

575 76 1,156 86

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

571 506 1,687 1,461

Customer receivables and Other 2

956 592 2,560 1,522

Total interest income

$ 3,627 $ 2,340 $ 9,781 $ 6,411

Interest expense

Deposits

$ 377 $ 63 $ 809 $ 88

Borrowings

1,287 1,109 3,683 3,197

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned 3

478 325 1,326 912

Customer payables and Other 4

549 60 1,146 (91 )

Total interest expense

$ 2,691 $ 1,557 $ 6,964 $ 4,106

Net interest

$ 936 $ 783 $ 2,817 $ 2,305

1.

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

2.

Includes interest from Customer receivables and Cash and cash equivalents.

3.

Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

4.

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

Interest income and Interest expense are classified in the income statements based on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.

17. Employee Benefit Plans

The Firm sponsors various retirement plans for the majority of its U.S. employees. The Firm provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income) for Pension and Other Postretirement Plans

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

$ 4 $ 4 $ 12 $ 12

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

34 37 103 112

Expected return on plan assets

(29 ) (29 ) (85 ) (87 )

Net amortization of prior service credit

(1 ) (4 ) (1 ) (12 )

Net amortization of actuarial loss

8 4 20 12

Net periodic benefit expense (income)

$ 16 $ 12 $ 49 $ 37

79 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

18. Income Taxes

The Firm is under continuous examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states in which it has significant business operations, such as New York. The Firm has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits, and associated interest, if applicable (“tax liabilities”), that it believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Firm adjusts such tax liabilities only when new information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

The Firm is currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits by the IRS, as well as New York State and New York City, for tax years 2009-2016 and 2007-2014, respectively.

The Firm believes that the resolution of the above tax matters will not have a material effect on the annual financial statements, although a resolution could have a material impact in the income statements and effective tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

Furthermore, by the end of the first quarter of 2018, the Firm reached a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on certain issues through tax year 2010, the resolution of which did not have a material impact on the financial statements or effective tax rate.

See Note 11 regarding the Dutch Tax Authority’s challenge, in the District Court in Amsterdam (matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353 ), of the Firm’s entitlement to certain withholding tax credits which may impact the balance of unrecognized tax benefits.

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits occur within the next 12 months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the impact on the Firm’s effective tax rate over the next 12 months.

The Firm’s effective tax rate for the current year period includes recurring-type discrete tax benefits associated with employee share-based payments of $164 million. Additionally, as a result of new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters, the Firm’s effective tax rate for the current year period includes intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $92 million with a corresponding reduction in the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding federal benefit of state items, competent authority and foreign tax credit offsets) of approximately $430 million.

19. Segment, Geographic and Revenue Information

Segment Information

For a discussion about the Firm’s business segments, see Note 21 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Selected Financial Information by Business Segment

Three Months Ended September 30, 2018
$ in millions IS WM IM I/E Total

Investment banking 1, 2

$ 1,459 $ 129 $ $ (21 ) $ 1,567

Trading

2,573 160 2 17 2,752

Investments

96 40 136

Commissions and fees 1

589 409 (66 ) 932

Asset management 1

112 2,573 604 (38 ) 3,251

Other

244 58 (3 ) (1 ) 298

Total non-interest
revenues 3, 4

5,073 3,329 643 (109 ) 8,936

Interest income

2,425 1,412 19 (229 ) 3,627

Interest expense

2,569 342 9 (229 ) 2,691

Net interest

(144 ) 1,070 10 936

Net revenues

$ 4,929 $ 4,399 $ 653 $ (109 ) $ 9,872

Income from continuing operations before
income taxes

$ 1,556 $ 1,194 $ 102 $ (1 ) $ 2,851

Provision for income taxes

397 281 18 696

Income from continuing operations

1,159 913 84 (1 ) 2,155

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

(3 ) 2 (1 )

Net income

1,156 913 86 (1 ) 2,154

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

36 6 42

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

$ 1,120 $ 913 $ 80 $ (1 ) $ 2,112

September 2018 Form 10-Q 80


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
$ in millions IS WM IM I/E Total

Investment banking

$ 1,270 $ 125 $ $ (15 ) $ 1,380

Trading

2,504 212 (7 ) (5 ) 2,704

Investments

52 1 114 167

Commissions and fees

561 402 (26 ) 937

Asset management

88 2,393 568 (23 ) 3,026

Other

143 62 1 (6 ) 200

Total non-interest revenues

4,618 3,195 676 (75 ) 8,414

Interest income

1,421 1,155 1 (237 ) 2,340

Interest expense

1,663 130 2 (238 ) 1,557

Net interest

(242 ) 1,025 (1 ) 1 783

Net revenues

$ 4,376 $ 4,220 $ 675 $ (74 ) $ 9,197

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

$ 1,236 $ 1,119 $ 131 $ (4 ) $ 2,482

Provision for income taxes

260 421 16 697

Income from continuing operations

976 698 115 (4 ) 1,785

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

6 6

Net income

982 698 115 (4 ) 1,791

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

9 1 10

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

$ 973 $ 698 $ 114 $ (4 ) $ 1,781

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018
$ in millions IS WM IM I/E Total

Investment banking 1, 2

$ 4,671 $ 383 $ $ (60 ) $ 4,994

Trading

9,344 404 23 44 9,815

Investments

234 3 172 409

Commissions and fees 1

2,007 1,349 (212 ) 3,144

Asset management 1

324 7,582 1,840 (114 ) 9,632

Other

548 195 10 (5 ) 748

Total non-interest revenues 3, 4

17,128 9,916 2,045 (347 ) 28,742

Interest income

6,424 4,012 37 (692 ) 9,781

Interest expense

6,809 830 20 (695 ) 6,964

Net interest

(385 ) 3,182 17 3 2,817

Net revenues

$ 16,743 $ 13,098 $ 2,062 $ (344 ) $ 31,559

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

$ 5,480 $ 3,511 $ 390 $ (1 ) $ 9,380

Provision for income taxes

1,169 808 73 2,050

Income from continuing operations

4,311 2,703 317 (1 ) 7,330

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

(7 ) 2 (5)

Net income

4,304 2,703 319 (1 ) 7,325

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

100 8 108

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

$ 4,204 $ 2,703 $ 311 $ (1 ) $ 7,217
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
$ in millions IS WM IM I/E Total

Investment banking

$ 4,100 $ 405 $ $ (50 ) $ 4,455

Trading

8,241 657 (21 ) (7 ) 8,870

Investments

155 3 337 495

Commissions and fees

1,811 1,266 (80 ) 2,997

Asset management

268 6,879 1,624 (76 ) 8,695

Other

442 191 9 (14 ) 628

Total non-interest revenues

15,017 9,401 1,949 (227 ) 26,140

Interest income

3,788 3,348 3 (728 ) 6,411

Interest expense

4,515 320 3 (732 ) 4,106

Net interest

(727 ) 3,028 4 2,305

Net revenues

$ 14,290 $ 12,429 $ 1,949 $ (223 ) $ 28,445

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

$ 4,409 $ 3,149 $ 376 $ (2 ) $ 7,932

Provision for income taxes

1,132 1,139 87 2,358

Income from continuing operations

3,277 2,010 289 (2 ) 5,574

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

(21 ) (21)

Net income

3,256 2,010 289 (2 ) 5,553

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

77 8 85

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

$ 3,179 $ 2,010 $ 281 $ (2 ) $ 5,468

I/E–Intersegment Eliminations

1.

Approximately 85% of Investment banking revenues and substantially all of Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues in the current quarter and current year period were determined under the Revenues from Contracts with Customers accounting update.

2.

Current quarter Institutional Securities Investment banking revenues are composed of $510 million of Advisory and $949 million of Underwriting revenues. Current year period Institutional Securities Investment banking revenues are composed of $1,702 million of Advisory and $2,969 million of Underwriting revenues.

3.

The Firm enters into certain contracts which contain a current obligation to perform services in the future. Excluding contracts where billing is commensurate with the value of the services performed at each stage of the contract, contracts with variable consideration that is subject to reversal, and contracts with less than one year duration, we expect to record the following approximate revenues in the future: $25 million in the remainder of 2018; $100 million per year over the next two years; and between $10 million and $50 million per year thereafter through 2035. These revenues are primarily related to certain commodities contracts with customers.

4.

Includes $804 million and $2,192 million in revenue recognized in the current quarter and current year period, respectively, where some or all services were performed in prior periods. This amount is primarily composed of investment banking advisory fees, and distribution fees.

Total Assets by Business Segment

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
December 31,
2017

Institutional Securities

$ 671,508 $ 664,974

Wealth Management

188,166 182,009

Investment Management

5,843 4,750

Total 1

$ 865,517 $ 851,733

1.

Parent assets have been fully allocated to the business segments.

81 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Additional Segment Information—Investment Management

Net Unrealized Performance-based Fees

$ in millions

At

September 30,
2018

At

December 31,
2017

Net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees at risk of reversing

$ 406 $ 442

The Firm’s portion of net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees (for which the Firm is not obligated to pay compensation) are at risk of reversing if the fund performance falls below the stated investment management agreement benchmarks. See Note 11 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

Reduction of Fees due to Fee Waivers

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Fee waivers

$ 11 $ 20 $ 45 $ 66

The Firm waives a portion of its fees in the Investment Management business segment from certain registered money market funds that comply with the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Geographic Information

For a discussion about the Firm’s geographic net revenues, see Note 21 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Net Revenues by Region

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Americas

$ 7,357 $ 6,833 $ 22,989 $ 20,667

EMEA

1,355 1,325 4,892 4,420

Asia

1,160 1,039 3,678 3,358

Total

$ 9,872 $ 9,197 $ 31,559 $ 28,445

Revenue Information

Trading Revenues by Product Type

Three Months Ended
September 30,
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
$ in millions 2018 2017 2018 2017

Interest rate contracts

$ 744 $ 648 $ 2,396 $ 1,693

Foreign exchange contracts

223 181 622 613

Equity security and index contracts 1

1,432 1,416 5,094 4,875

Commodity and other contracts

254 223 1,047 522

Credit contracts

99 236 656 1,167

Total

$ 2,752 $ 2,704 $ 9,815 $ 8,870

1.

Dividend income is included within equity security and index contracts.

The previous table summarizes gains and losses included in Trading revenues in the income statements. These activities include revenues related to derivative and non-derivative financial instruments. The Firm generally utilizes financial instruments across a variety of product types in connection with its market-making and related risk management strategies. The trading revenues presented in the table are not representative of the manner in which the Firm manages its business activities and are prepared in a manner similar to the presentation of trading revenues for regulatory reporting purposes.

Change in Revenue and Expense as a Result of Application of the New Revenue Recognition Standard

$ in millions

Three

Months Ended
September 30, 2018

Nine

Months Ended
September 30, 2018

Gross presentation impact—Revenue

Investment banking—Advisory

$ 12 $ 56

Underwriting

59 161

Asset management

8 22

Other

14 41

Subtotal

93 280

Gross presentation impact—Expense

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

$ 8 $ 22

Marketing and business development

8 20

Professional services

39 93

Other 1

38 145

Subtotal

93 280

Timing impact—Revenue

Investment banking—Advisory

(2 ) 13

Asset management

(15 ) (31)

Other

5 10

Subtotal

(12 ) (8)

Net change in revenue and expense

$ (12 ) $ (8)

1.

Primarily composed of Investment banking transaction-related costs.

As a result of adopting the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers , the accounting for certain transactions has changed (see Note 2 for further details). As summarized in the previous table, the change is composed of transactions which are now presented on a gross basis within both Non-interest revenues and Non-interest expenses as well as transactions where revenues are recognized with different timing compared to the previous GAAP. For example, timing impacts shown as negative amounts in the previous table represent revenues for which recognition has been deferred to future periods under the new standard.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 82


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

LOGO

Receivables from Contracts with Customers

$ in millions At
September 30,
2018
At
January 1,
2018

Customer and other receivables

$ 2,418 $ 2,805

Receivables from contracts with customers, which are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets, arise when the Firm has both recorded revenues and has the right per the contract to bill customers.

20. Subsequent Events

The Firm has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statements through the date of this report and has not identified any recordable or disclosable events not otherwise reported in these financial statements or the notes thereto.

83 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited) LOGO
Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

Three Months Ended September 30,

2018

2017
$ in millions

Average

Daily
Balance

Interest

Annualized

Average
Rate

Average

Daily
Balance

Interest Annualized
Average
Rate

Interest earning assets 1

Investment securities 2

$ 82,594 $ 440 2.1 % $ 73,599 $ 313 1.7 %

Loans 2

110,592 1,085 3.9 99,655 853 3.4

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed 3 :

U.S.

139,418 637 1.8 128,127 190 0.6

Non-U.S.

89,825 (62 ) (0.3 ) 99,019 (114 ) (0.5 )

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities 4 :

U.S.

55,399 508 3.6 58,000 463 3.2

Non-U.S.

8,637 63 2.9 5,826 43 3.0

Customer receivables and Other 5 :

U.S.

75,627 716 3.8 70,331 447 2.5

Non-U.S.

33,099 240 2.9 28,210 145 2.1

Total

$ 595,191 $ 3,627 2.4 % $ 562,767 $ 2,340 1.7 %

Interest bearing liabilities

Deposits 2

$ 173,921 $ 377 0.9 % $ 150,116 $ 63 0.2 %

Borrowings 2, 6

191,606 1,287 2.7 192,575 1,109 2.3

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned 7 :

U.S.

24,386 346 5.6 30,027 234 3.1

Non-U.S.

34,960 132 1.5 38,536 91 0.9

Customer payables and Other 8 :

U.S.

120,958 321 1.1 129,365 (13 )

Non-U.S.

71,998 228 1.3 66,697 73 0.4

Total

$ 617,829 $ 2,691 1.7 % $ 607,316 $ 1,557 1.0 %

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

$ 936 0.7 % $ 783 0.7 %

September 2018 Form 10-Q 84


Table of Contents
Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited) LOGO
Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

Nine Months Ended September 30,
2018 2017
$ in millions

Average
Daily
Balance

Interest Annualized
Average
Rate
Average
Daily
Balance
Interest Annualized
Average
Rate

Interest earning assets 1

Investment securities 2

$ 80,886 $ 1,281 2.1 % $ 76,356 $ 943 1.7 %

Loans 2

109,001 3,097 3.8 97,099 2,399 3.3

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed 3 :

U.S.

133,208 1,410 1.4 126,738 406 0.4

Non-U.S.

89,699 (254 ) (0.4 ) 96,419 (320 ) (0.4 )

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities 4 :

U.S.

55,162 1,520 3.7 58,260 1,385 3.2

Non-U.S.

7,045 167 3.2 3,701 76 2.7

Customer receivables and Other 5 :

U.S.

71,293 1,880 3.5 68,611 1,128 2.2

Non-U.S.

33,747 680 2.7 26,743 394 2.0

Total

$ 580,041 $ 9,781 2.3 % $ 553,927 $ 6,411 1.5 %

Interest bearing liabilities

Deposits 2

$ 166,384 $ 809 0.7 % $ 150,244 $ 88 0.1 %

Borrowings 2, 6

192,746 3,683 2.6 181,544 3,197 2.4

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned 7 :

U.S.

24,871 952 5.1 31,958 651 2.7

Non-U.S.

38,248 374 1.3 39,449 261 0.9

Customer payables and Other 8 :

U.S.

121,556 577 0.6 128,420 (196 ) (0.2 )

Non-U.S.

71,382 569 1.1 64,257 105 0.2

Total

$ 615,187 $ 6,964 1.5 % $ 595,872 $ 4,106 0.9 %

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

$ 2,817 0.8 % $ 2,305 0.6 %

1.

Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

2.

Amounts include primarily U.S. balances.

3.

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

4.

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities exclude non-interest earning assets and non-interest bearing liabilities, such as equity securities.

5.

Includes interest from Customer receivables and Cash and cash equivalents.

6.

The Firm also issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities, which are recorded within Trading revenues (see Notes 3 and 11 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K).

7.

Includes fees received on Securities loaned. The annualized average rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the balance sheets and (b) net average on-balance sheet balances, which exclude certain securities-for-securities transactions.

8.

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

85 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited) LOGO
Effect of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income

Current Quarter

versus

Prior Year Quarter

Current Year Period

versus

Prior Year Period

Increase (Decrease)

Due to Change in:

Increase (Decrease)

Due to Change in:

$ in millions Volume Rate Net Change Volume Rate Net Change

Interest earning assets

Investment securities

$ 38 $ 89 $ 127 $ 56 $ 282 $ 338

Loans

94 138 232 295 403 698

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

U.S.

17 430 447 25 979 1,004

Non-U.S.

11 41 52 21 45 66

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities:

U.S.

(21 ) 66 45 (65 ) 200 135

Non-U.S.

21 (1 ) 20 51 40 91

Customer receivables and Other:

U.S.

34 235 269 52 700 752

Non-U.S.

25 70 95 95 191 286

Change in interest income

$ 219 $ 1,068 $ 1,287 $ 530 $ 2,840 $ 3,370

Interest bearing liabilities

Deposits

$ 10 $ 304 $ 314 $ 12 $ 709 $ 721

Borrowings

(6 ) 184 178 201 285 486

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

U.S.

(44 ) 156 112 (160 ) 461 301

Non-U.S.

(8 ) 49 41 1 112 113

Customer payables and Other:

U.S.

1 333 334 8 765 773

Non-U.S.

6 149 155 11 453 464

Change in interest expense

$ (41 ) $ 1,175 $ 1,134 $ 73 $ 2,785 $ 2,858

Change in net interest income

$ 260 $ (107 ) $ 153 $ 457 $ 55 $ 512

September 2018 Form 10-Q 86


Table of Contents
Glossary of Common Acronyms LOGO

2017 Form 10-K— Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the SEC

ABS —Asset-backed securities

AFS —Available-for-sale

AML —Anti-money laundering

AOCI —Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

AUM —Assets under management or supervision

BHC —Bank holding company

bps —Basis points; one basis point equals 1/100th of 1%

CCAR —Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CCyB —Countercyclical capital buffer

CDO —Collateralized debt obligations, including collateralized loan obligations

CDS —Credit default swaps

CECL —Current expected credit loss

CFTC —U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission

CLN —Credit-linked notes

CLO —Collateralized loan obligations

CMBS —Commercial mortgage-backed securities

CMO —Collateralized mortgage obligations

CVA —Credit valuation adjustment

DVA —Debt valuation adjustment

EBITDA —Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

ELN —Equity-linked note

EMEA —Europe, Middle East and Africa

EPS —Earnings per common share

ERISA —Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974

E.U. —European Union

FDIC —Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FFELP —Federal Family Education Loan Program

FVA —Funding valuation adjustment

GLR —Global liquidity reserve

G-SIB —Global systemically important banks

HQLA —High-quality liquid assets

HTM —Held-to-maturity

I/E —Intersegment eliminations

IM —Investment Management

IRS —Internal Revenue Service

IS —Institutional Securities

LCR —Liquidity coverage ratio, as adopted by the U.S. banking agencies

LIBOR —London Interbank Offered Rate

M&A —Merger, acquisition and restructuring transaction

MSBNA —Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

MS&Co .—Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

MSIP —Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc

MSMS —Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd.

MSPBNA —Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association

MSSB LLC —Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

MUFG —Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.

MUMSS —Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

MWh —Megawatt hour

N/A —Not Applicable

NAV —Net asset value

N/M —Not Meaningful

Non-GAAP —Non-generally accepted accounting principles

NSFR —Net stable funding ratio, as proposed by the U.S. banking agencies

87 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Glossary of Common Acronyms LOGO

OCC —Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

OCI —Other comprehensive income (loss)

OTC —Over-the-counter

PRA —Prudential Regulation Authority

RMBS —Residential mortgage-backed securities

ROE —Return on average common equity

ROTCE —Return on average tangible common equity

RSU —Restricted stock unit

RWA —Risk-weighted assets

SEC —U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

SLR— Supplementary leverage ratio

S&P —Standard & Poor’s

SPE —Special purpose entity

SPOE —Single point of entry

TDR —Troubled debt restructuring

TLAC —Total loss-absorbing capacity

U.K. —United Kingdom

UPB —Unpaid principal balance

U.S. —United States of America

U.S. DOL —U.S. Department of Labor

U.S. GAAP —Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America

VaR —Value-at-Risk

VAT —Value-added tax

VIE —Variable interest entity

WACC —Implied weighted average cost of capital

WM —Wealth Management

September 2018 Form 10-Q 88


Table of Contents
LOGO

Other Information

Legal Proceedings

The following new matters and developments have occurred since previously reporting certain matters in the Firm’s 2017 Form 10-K, the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2018 (the “First Quarter Form 10-Q”) and the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2018 (the “Second Quarter Form 10-Q”). See also the disclosures set forth under “Legal Proceedings” in the 2017 Form 10-K and Part II, Item 1 of the First Quarter Form 10-Q and the Second Quarter Form 10-Q.

Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters

On August 13, 2018, the Firm filed a motion to renew its motion to dismiss in U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX (MSM 2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, et al.

On September 13, 2018, the court affirmed the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS 2007-I Ltd. in Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al .

On September 13, 2018, the court affirmed in part and reversed in part the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 in Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. On October 15, 2018, the plaintiff filed a motion for leave to appeal the decision of the Appellate Division, First Department, to the New York Court of Appeals or, in the alternative, for reargument.

On October 8, 2018, the parties in the litigation styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, filed a joint stipulation of discontinuance with prejudice.

On October 9, 2018, the Appellate Division, First Department affirmed the lower court’s order dismissing the amended complaint in Royal Park SA/NV v. Morgan Stanley et al .

On October 19, 2018, the court granted the Firm’s motion for leave to amend its answer in Deutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, et al. , and to stay the case pending resolution of Deutsche Bank National Trust Company’s appeal to the New York Court of Appeals in another case.

European Matters

On September 11, 2018, in the matter styled Banco Popolare Societá Cooperativa v. Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc et al., the court dismissed in full the claim against the Firm.

On September 20, 2018, the Court of Accounts for the Republic of Italy in the matter styled Case number 2012/00406/MNV scheduled the hearing of the public prosecutor’s appeal for January 10, 2019.

Other Litigation

In August of 2017, the Firm was named as a defendant in a purported antitrust class action in the United States District Court for the SDNY styled Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System et al. v. Bank of America Corporation et al . Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws and New York state law in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for securities lending. The class action complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class of borrowers and lenders who entered into stock loan transactions with the defendants. The class action complaint seeks, among other relief, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On September 27, 2018, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the class action complaint.

89 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
LOGO

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The following table sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Firm of its common stock during the current quarter ended September 30, 2018.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

$ in millions, except per share data Total Number of
Shares
Purchased

Average Price

Paid Per Share

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs 1
Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

Month #1 (July 1, 2018—July 31, 2018)

Share Repurchase Program 2

4,855,200 $ 50.77 4,855,200 $ 4,473

Employee transactions 3

492,295 $ 50.33

Month #2 (August 1, 2018—August 31, 2018)

Share Repurchase Program 2

9,539,000 $ 49.18 9,539,000 $ 4,004

Employee transactions 3

12,162 $ 50.38

Month #3 (September 1, 2018—September 30, 2018)

Share Repurchase Program 2

9,525,673 $ 48.75 9,525,673 $ 3,540

Employee transactions 3

16,632 $ 48.47

Quarter ended at September 30, 2018

Share Repurchase Program 2

23,919,873 $ 49.33 23,919,873 $ 3,540

Employee transactions 3

521,089 $ 50.27

1.

Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Firm deems appropriate and may be suspended at any time. On April 18, 2018, the Firm entered into a sales plan with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”) whereby MUFG will sell shares of the Firm’s common stock to the Firm, through the Firm’s agent MS&Co., as part of the Company’s share repurchase program (as defined below). The sales plan is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and will have no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and the Firm, including the joint ventures in Japan.

2.

The Firm’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Firm are subject to regulatory approval. On June 28, 2018, the Federal Reserve published summary results of CCAR and the Firm received a conditional non-objection to its 2018 Capital Plan, where the only condition was that the Firm’s capital distributions not exceed the greater of the actual distributions it made over the previous four calendar quarters or the annualized average of actual distributions over the previous eight calendar quarters. As a result, the Firm’s 2018 Capital Plan includes a share repurchase of up to $4.7 billion of its outstanding common stock during the period beginning July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019. During the quarter ended September 30, 2018, the Firm repurchased approximately $1.2 billion of the Firm’s outstanding common stock as part of its Share Repurchase Program. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management.”

3.

Includes shares acquired by the Firm in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations on stock-based awards granted under the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans.

September 2018 Form 10-Q 90


Table of Contents
LOGO

Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Firm’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

No change in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) occurred during the period covered by this report that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Exhibits

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Report on page E-1.

91 September 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

Morgan Stanley

Quarter Ended September 30, 2018

Exhibit No.

Description

15

Letter of awareness from Deloitte  & Touche LLP, dated November 5, 2018, concerning unaudited interim financial information.

31.1

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

31.2

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

32.1

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

32.2

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

101

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (unaudited): (i) the Consolidated Income Statements—Three Months and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, (ii) the Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements—Three Months and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets—at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, (v) the Consolidated Cash Flow Statements—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

E-1


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

MORGAN STANLEY

(Registrant)

By:                    /s/ J ONATHAN P RUZAN

Jonathan Pruzan

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

By:                         /s/ P AUL C. W IRTH

Paul C. Wirth

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

Date: November 5, 2018

S-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS